FBS

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T

Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T (A)

Lesson 10T (B)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 1T

Cold and Dark Cockpit Procedure 1T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure 1T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 1T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 1T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 1T
Before Taxi Procedure 1T
Before Takeoff Procedure 1T
After Landing Procedure 1T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 1T
Secure Procedure 1T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Cold and Dark Cockpit Procedure 1T
Captain First Officer
Battery Switch - “ON”
C1 & C2 Hyd Elec Pump selectors - “OFF”
L & R Hyd Elec Demand Pump selectors - “OFF”
L & R Wiper selectors - “OFF”
Landing Gear lever - “Down”
Alternate Flaps selector - “OFF”
EXT PWR AVAIL light(s) “Illuminated”
EXT PWR switch(es) “Push”
Dome Light control - “Mid Position”
Storm Light switch - “ON”
Master Brightness switch - “ON”
Master Brightness Control - “Full Bright”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure 1T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather (ATIS on 118.0) and set QNH

First Officer will inform Captain and go for external

inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 1T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors.
Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind
data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.
Captain First Officer
Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page:
that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page:

that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Enter Destination “KSEA”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

BTG, V287, PAE
Verify the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE,
Dashed White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L.
Select SID Summa __
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page:

Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 1T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “ extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“ extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors – “OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”
INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

ND WXR switch – “Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request Captain to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

Release
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.

Normal/100% selector – “100%”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” correct documents are loaded.
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
ND mode select switch – “Push” AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
MENU – “Select” PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map AUX Panel :
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
flight crew positional awareness only.
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
ND WXR switch – “Off” FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
ND TFC Switch “ON” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ND TERR switch – “Off” AFDS FLT DIR
Roll Bar Centered
Display select panel Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications No V Speed Flag
no exceedance shown on EICAS. QNH set

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Mini Map
Ground Speed Zero
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Runway Depicted Correctly
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” TCAS OFF Flag
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” Both ADF Displayed
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” GPS Updated

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Navigation Display (ND)

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Ground Speed Zero
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Range as selected
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Track Magnetic
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Press RED CLIP on side Runway Depicted Correctly
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. TCAS OFF Flag
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator. ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –
Release MFD...........................................................................Check
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. INFO display switch “Push”
Selected Airport Database Current
Normal/100% selector – “100%” Select the status display.
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Status messages – Check
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
RESETS – “Select”
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set Airline database “Select inactive”
Airline database “Select current”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position” that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness RESET ALL – “Select”
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” CDU IDENT page:
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

AUX Panel : CDU POS INIT page:

Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, that the time is correct.
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
Primary Flight Display (PFD) line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Navigation Data............................................................Set
AFDS FLT DIR CDU RTE page: 1
Roll Bar Centered Enter Origin “KSEA”
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up Enter Destination “KSEA”
No V Speed Flag Enter the FLT NO. “87”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
QNH set
CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
Mini Map BTG, V287, PAE
Ground Speed Zero Verify the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE,
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass Dashed White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Runway Depicted Correctly
TCAS OFF Flag CDU DEPARTURES page:
Both ADF Displayed Select the runway 16L.
GPS Updated Select SID Summa __
Select Transition
Navigation Display (ND) ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Ground Speed Zero Execute
Range as selected
Track Magnetic Progress Page : 1
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass total approximate Distance
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
Runway Depicted Correctly ANP/RNP as per route.
TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed NAV RADIO page:
Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display frequencies should be there.
“blank”
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN”
Reverse thrust levers “Down” ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” Engine fire switches – “IN”
Flap lever Set LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
Parking brake “Set” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown.
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” Flight deck printer .
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights printer power “ON”
“extinguished”
Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” VHF - Set, HF – Set
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” GPWS
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” GAIN and MODE – As needed
VHF - Set, HF – Set TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
GPWS
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) First officer’s audio control panel
GAIN and MODE – As needed 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
HUD combiner “Down”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.”
HUD combiner “Down”
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'. Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 H Cleared to Seattle Tacoma International airport. Summa Departure, Direct BTG then as filed. Climb
and Maintain 9000'. Seattle Departure Control 119.2 , squawk 4776.
Write Down
Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 136,100 Kg ZFW. 136,100 Kg

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Reserves 4800 Kg Reserves 4800 Kg
CRZ Alt 9000' CRZ Alt 9000'
Cost Index 120 Cost Index 120
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 166,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 166,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp 46º C Assumed Temp 46º C
Flap Config 15 Flap Config 15
CG 28% CG 28%
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx) V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 141 Kts
• Arm LNAV as needed.
• Arm VNAV.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • Initial heading or track – 163º
• Initial altitude – 9000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – 122.27
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10, request
Start Up and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing S/W to spot 88.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 1T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, Cross Check
If pushback is needed: And Confirm”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.

Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”

Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is
running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)
BEACON light switch “ON”
Trim ....................................................................... Set Transponder Selector XPDR
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” ENG switch Push
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
Rudder trim – “0 units” that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___,
V2 141, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE 9000 ALTITUDE___
V2 141, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE 9000
V1 134, VR 136, V2 141 Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1 134, VR 136, V2 141
Completed CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked"
___ Units, 0 Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked"
Completed Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 "Checked" BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Captain First Officer

“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing S/W to spot 88, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)

Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Taxi Procedure 1T
Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ AUTO

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check
“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.

Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Seattle Ground 121.7

“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot 88 ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “LNAV/VNAV DEP, Initial HDG ___,
Initial ALT 9000', Derated T/O thrust, N1 __%, Assumed
temp 46º C, Runway 16L, Flaps 15, Stab Trim _, Rudder
Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front Clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 1T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 199.9.”
Read back
Tune TWR 199.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L, Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”
Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”
ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)
EICAS – CHKL INCOMPELETE NORM message
(BEFORE TAKEOFF checklist not completed before entering runway)
Verify Brakes Released.
Align the airplane with runway. All light switches “ON”
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.) CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
After Landing Procedure 1T
PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Display Airport Map on ND Range 0.5

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 1T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS
If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

Verify external power

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”
“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place: APU Selector ….........................................................OFF
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.
Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Secure Procedure 1T
Captain First Officer
“SECURE PROCEDURE”
IRS selectors .......................................................... OFF
Battery Switch ....................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch .................... OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch ................................. OFF
L & R PACK switches ................................................ OFF
EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF
HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow

“SECURE CHECKLIST.” Do the SECURE checklist.

IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Emergency lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
“SECURE CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 2T

Cold and Dark Cockpit Procedure 2T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure – Captain 2T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 2T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 2T
Before Taxi Procedure 2T
Before Takeoff Procedure 2T
10,000 Feet Procedures 2T
Transition Altitude 2T
20,000 feet Procedure 2T
Descent Procedure – (Radar Vectoring) 2T
Approach Procedure 2T
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 2T
Transition Level 2T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 2T
Before Landing Procedure 2T
Landing Roll Procedure 2T
After Landing Procedure 2T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 2T
Secure Procedure 2T

Lesson 2T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Cold and Dark Cockpit Procedure 2T
Captain First Officer
Battery Switch - “ON”
C1 & C2 Hyd Elec Pump selectors - “OFF”
L & R Hyd Elec Demand Pump selectors - “OFF”
L & R Wiper selectors - “OFF”
Landing Gear lever - “Down”
Alternate Flaps selector - “OFF”
EXT PWR AVAIL light(s) “Illuminated”
EXT PWR switch(es) “Push”
Dome Light control - “Mid Position”
Storm Light switch - “ON”
Master Brightness switch - “ON”
Master Brightness Control - “Full Bright”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather (ATIS on 118.0) or select COMM the
FLIGHT INFO and REQUEST ATIS and set QNH

First Officer will inform Captain and go for external

inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Procedure Uplink Route from Dispatch OM 11.34, 11.40

Select a REQUEST prompt to start the downlink request for data. REQUEST prompts (as configured by the airline) may be
displayed on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2, DESCENT FORECAST, RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST or RTE DATA pages.

ROUTE REQUEST
Line title displays DATA LINK when the datalink status is NO COMM, VOICE, or FAIL.
Select – transmits a datalink request for a flight plan route uplink.
Flight crew can operationally fill in origin, destination, runway, flight number, company route name, or route definition to qualify
request.

Data can be uplinked from the airline dispatcher directly to the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2 and 2/2, DESCENT FORECAST,
RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST, and WIND pages. The uplinks are annunciated to the crew by the •FMC EICAS communications alert
and a hi–lo chime. The uplink is identified by a CDU help window message and by the presence of an UPLINK label over the
applicable COMM page prompt.

FMC Datalink Uplinks (Load/Exec–Erase) : LOAD displays on the RTE and WIND pages after receipt of uplink data. After the
uplinked data is loaded, the EXEC light illuminates and the ERASE prompt displays.
Select LOAD prompt:
• loads uplinked data into FMC
• loaded data can be viewed
• clears CDU help window message
• replaces existing data with modified uplinked data
• changes page title to MOD
• shows ERASE prompt
• illuminates EXEC light
Select the EXEC key to:
• put modified data in active flight plan
• change page format to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select ERASE prompt to:
• remove modified data
• return page display to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink reject message (if enabled)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure – Captain 2T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors.
Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind
data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.
Captain First Officer
Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page:
that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page:

that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1 or CDU RTE Page 2
Select <Request
Requesting, Request Sent
Select <Load or Purge>
Select Exec or <Erase

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L.
Select SUMMA_____ DEP
(the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Direct to BTG
Execute

Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page:

Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 2T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “ extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“ extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors – “OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”
INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

ND WXR switch – “Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request Captain to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

Release
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.

Normal/100% selector – “100%”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
METERS switch – “As needed” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select” IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” AUX Panel :
ND range selector – “0.5” Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
Displays airport map SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary Primary Flight Display (PFD)
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
flight crew positional awareness only.
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ND WXR switch – “Off” AFDS FLT DIR
ND TFC Switch “ON” Roll Bar Centered
ND TERR switch – “Off” Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag
Display select panel QNH set

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS. Mini Map
Ground Speed Zero
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Runway Depicted Correctly
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” TCAS OFF Flag
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Both ADF Displayed
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” GPS Updated
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed”
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Range as selected
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Track Magnetic
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Runway Depicted Correctly
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. TCAS OFF Flag
Press RED CLIP on side Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
MFD...........................................................................Check
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – INFO display switch “Push”
Release Selected Airport Database Current
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Select the status display.
Status messages – Check
Normal/100% selector – “100%” CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display RESETS – “Select”
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Airline database “Select inactive”
Airline database “Select current”
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
RESET ALL – “Select”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness CDU IDENT page:
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” that the MODEL is correct.
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” that the ENG RATING is correct.
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. CDU POS INIT page:
that the time is correct.
AUX Panel : Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
Primary Flight Display (PFD) Navigation Data............................................................Set
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA CDU RTE page: 1 or CDU RTE Page 2
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Select <Request
AFDS FLT DIR Requesting, Request Sent
Roll Bar Centered Select <Load or Purge>

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up Select Exec or <Erase
No V Speed Flag
QNH set CDU DEPARTURES page:
Select the runway 16L.
Mini Map Select SUMMA_____ DEP
Ground Speed Zero (the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass Direct to BTG
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Execute
Runway Depicted Correctly
TCAS OFF Flag Progress Page : 1
Both ADF Displayed total approximate Distance
GPS Updated Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.
Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero NAV RADIO page:
Range as selected Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
Track Magnetic frequencies should be there.
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Runway Depicted Correctly Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
TCAS OFF Flag FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display Engine fire switches – “IN”
“blank” LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
Reverse thrust levers “Down”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” Flight deck printer .
Flap lever Set FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set printer power “ON”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS.
Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
Parking brake “Set” VHF - Set, HF – Set
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. GPWS
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” GAIN and MODE – As needed
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
“extinguished”
First officer’s audio control panel
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
VHF - Set, HF – Set Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
GPWS AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
GAIN and MODE – As needed
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. HUD combiner “Down”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
HUD combiner “Down” Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”

Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.”

Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between

Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”

Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 H Cleared to Seattle Tacoma International airport. Summa Departure, Direct BTG then as filed. Climb
and Maintain 9000'. Seattle Departure Control 119.2 , squawk 4776.
Write Down
Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FMC Datalink Uplinks (Accept/Reject)
ACCEPT and REJECT display on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF 1/2 and ALTN ½ pages after receipt of uplink data.
Uplink data displays initially in small font for preview.
Select ACCEPT prompt:
• displays uplinked data in large font
• replaces previous data with uplinked data
• changes page to pre–uplink format
• clears CDU help window message
• transmits a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select REJECT prompt:
• replaces uplinked data with previous data
• changes page to pre–uplink format
• clears CDU help window message
• transmits a downlink reject message (if enabled)
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 136,100 Kg ZFW. 136,100 Kg
Reserves 4800 Kg Reserves 4800 Kg
CRZ Alt 9000' CRZ Alt 9000'
Cost Index 120 Cost Index 120
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 166,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 166,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.
(You can use REQUEST prompt on PERF INIT pg)

THRUST LIM page: OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp 46º C Assumed Temp 46º C
Flap Config 15 Flap Config 15
CG 28% CG 28%
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx) V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=134, Vr=136, V2=141 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 141 Kts
• Arm LNAV as needed.
• Arm VNAV.
• Initial heading or track – 161º
• Initial altitude – 9000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – 122.27
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10, request
Start Up and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing S/W to spot 88.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 2T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK AND CONFIRM”
If pushback is needed: Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.

Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”

Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is
running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)

Trim ....................................................................... Set BEACON light switch “ON”

Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” Transponder Selector XPDR
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. ENG switch Push
Rudder trim – “0 units” CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 141, HDG/TRK161, ALTITUDE 9000 V2 141, HDG/TRK161, ALTITUDE 9000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1 134, VR 136, V2 141 V1 134, VR 136, V2 141
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Captain First Officer

“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing S/W to spot 88, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)

Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Taxi Procedure 2T
Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ AUTO

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check
“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.
Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Seattle Ground 121.7

“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot 88 ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “LNAV/VNAV DEP, Initial HDG ___,
Initial ALT 9000', Derated T/O thrust, N1 __%, Assumed
temp 46º C, Runway 16L, Flaps 15, Stab Trim _, Rudder
Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear” “Right Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 2T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 199.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 199.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L, Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETE”

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“ SET TAKEOFF THRUST” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
15º pitch up, follow FD commands.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50' “LNAV”
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' “|THR REF|LNAV|VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 "Flaps 5"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”
Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”
“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

10,000 Feet Procedures 2T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Transition Altitude 2T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

20,000 feet Procedure 2T

Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS
caution message, “AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches
to OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

HUD Maneuvring in CRUISE (Assuming A/T armed and LNAV & VNAV Armed)

CONDITION FMA Before FMA After Remarks

Turn to Headings | SPD | LNAV | VNAV PATH | | SPD | HDG SEL | VNAV PATH | With bank angle greater
than 35º, fills up

Climb in V/S | SPD | LNAV | VNAV PATH | | SPD | LNAV | V/S |

(After aquiring Altitude)
Climb in FLCH | SPD | LNAV | VNAV PATH | | THR | LNAV | FLCH SPD | | SPD | LNAV | ALT |

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Descent Procedure – (Radar Vectoring) 2T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
ATC - “AI 87 H, expect radar vector to the ILS Rwy 16L.”
Read back
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select Runway ILS 16L
(Since Radar Vector no STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby creating route discontinuity on Legs page
(Don't try to remove route discontinuity as its
Radar Vector appch)
ATC - “ AI 87 H, Descend now, to cross ARPEE at 6000'.”
Read Back
On MCP Altitude window 6000'
Descent Using FLCH, V/S and FPA

CONDITION FMA Before FMA After Remarks

Descent in FPA | SPD | LNAV | VNAV PATH | | SPD | LNAV | FPA |

Descent in V/S | SPD | LNAV | VNAV PATH | | SPD | LNAV | V/S |

(After aquiring Altitude)
Descent in FLCH | SPD | LNAV | VNAV PATH | | THR/HOLD | LNAV | FLCH SPD | | SPD | LNAV | ALT |
Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page
with those on profile view Arrival chart.
“ARPEE 6000' ”
Set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Select HOLD on CDU
verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and L/R turns of
HOLD
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select Runway ILS 16L
(Since its Radar Vector no STAR or transition to be
selected)
thereby creating route discontinuity on Legs page
(Don't try to remove route discontinuity as its
Radar Vector appch)

Verify/modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on

legs page with those on profile view Arrival chart.
“ARPEE 6000' ”
Set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are
visible all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the
way-points on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Select HOLD on CDU
verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and L/R
turns of HOLD
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute

Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto

tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Appch Briefing – CTWOF Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
20 N.M before Top of Descent take descent clearance.
Tune Seattle Appch 133.65

“Seattle Appch- AI 87 H , Overhead PAE Inbound for

R/W 16L request Descent Clearance.”
Seattle Appch - “AI 87 H Descent approved”
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" 3
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 2T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Level 2T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approach Procedure 2T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4
Verify VSD on
Seattle Appch : “AI 87 H expect radar vectoring for runway 16L.”
“Updated APPCH briefing”
Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance) Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF on top as active way point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Appch Checklist” Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QNH QNH
“Checklist Completed”

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 2T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Landing Procedure 2T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”

Arm APP mode Push APP

verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway
Hdg. “Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 16L”

verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 16L”
Seattle Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Roll Procedure 2T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“Seattle TWR – AI 87 H, runway 16 L vacated”
Seattle TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on 121.7”
Readback
Tune to 121.7

After Landing Procedure 2T

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 2T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS
If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release

“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.

Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Secure Procedure 2T
Captain First Officer
“SECURE PROCEDURE”
IRS selectors .......................................................... OFF
Battery Switch ....................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch .................... OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch ................................. OFF
L & R PACK switches ................................................ OFF
EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF
HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow

“SECURE CHECKLIST.” Do the SECURE checklist.

IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Emergency lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
“SECURE CHECKLIST Completed.”

Coming out of seat

APU Selector OFF

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 3T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure 3T

CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 3T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 3T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 3T
Before Taxi Procedure 3T
Before Takeoff Procedure 3T
CLIMB 3T
10,000 Feet Procedures 3T
Transition Altitude 3T
20,000 feet Procedure 3T
CRUISE 3T
Descent Procedure – (Radar Vectoring) 3T
Approach Procedure 3T
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 3T
Transition Level 3T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 3T
Before Landing Procedure 3T
Landing Roll Procedure 3T
After Landing Procedure 3T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 3T
Secure Procedure 3T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure 3T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather (ATIS on 118.0) and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 3T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors.
Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind
data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.
Captain First Officer
Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page:
that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page:

that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

OLM, V287, BTG, V112 PDT, V298 PSC, V281 MWH
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
Enter LTJ winds on LEGS Pg >ROUTE DATA >Wind of
selected waypt
15000' 260/20 ; 17000' 270/25 ; FL210 290/30
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway HUD 16L.
Select SID SEATTLE __
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page:

Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Electronic Flight Bag:
Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 3T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors – “OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”
INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

ND WXR switch – “Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

Release
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.

Normal/100% selector – “100%”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
METERS switch – “As needed” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select” IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” AUX Panel :
ND range selector – “0.5” Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
Displays airport map SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary Primary Flight Display (PFD)
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
flight crew positional awareness only.
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ND WXR switch – “Off” AFDS FLT DIR
ND TFC Switch “ON” Roll Bar Centered
ND TERR switch – “Off” Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag
Display select panel QNH set

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS. Mini Map
Ground Speed Zero
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Runway Depicted Correctly
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” TCAS OFF Flag
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Both ADF Displayed
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO”
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” Navigation Display (ND)
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Ground Speed Zero
Range as selected
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Track Magnetic
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Runway Depicted Correctly
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” TCAS OFF Flag
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator. MFD...........................................................................Check
INFO display switch “Push”
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – Selected Airport Database Current
Release Select the status display.
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Status messages – Check
CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Normal/100% selector – “100%” RESETS – “Select”
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Airline database “Select inactive”
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Airline database “Select current”
that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set RESET ALL – “Select”

FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position” CDU IDENT page:

INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness that the MODEL is correct.
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” that the ENG RATING is correct.
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.
PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
CDU POS INIT page:
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
AUX Panel : line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Navigation Data............................................................Set
Primary Flight Display (PFD) CDU RTE page: 1
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA Enter Origin “KSEA”
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Enter Destination “KMWH”
AFDS FLT DIR Enter the FLT NO. “87”
Roll Bar Centered

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
No V Speed Flag OLM, V287, BTG, V112 PDT, V298 PSC, V281 MWH
QNH set the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
Mini Map Enter LTJ winds on LEGS Pg >ROUTE DATA >Wind of
Ground Speed Zero selected waypt
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass 15000' 260/20 ; 17000' 270/25 ; FL210 290/30
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Runway Depicted Correctly
TCAS OFF Flag CDU DEPARTURES page:
Both ADF Displayed Select the runway HUD 16L.
Select SID SEATTLE __
Navigation Display (ND) Select Transition
Ground Speed Zero ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Range as selected Execute
Track Magnetic
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass Progress Page : 1
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & total approximate Distance
Runway Depicted Correctly Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
TCAS OFF Flag ANP/RNP as per route.
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
NAV RADIO page:
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
“blank” frequencies should be there.
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
Reverse thrust levers “Down”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Flap lever Set Engine fire switches – “IN”
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
Parking brake “Set” AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” Flight deck printer .
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
“extinguished” printer power “ON”
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” VHF - Set, HF – Set
GPWS
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
VHF - Set, HF – Set GAIN and MODE – As needed
GPWS TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
GAIN and MODE – As needed First officer’s audio control panel
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
HUD combiner “Down” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
HUD combiner “Down”
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 H Cleared to Grant County International airport. SEATTLE __ Departure. Expect Radar Vectors to
intercept V287, then as filed. Climb and Maintain 17000'. Seattle Departure Control 126.5 , squawk 4276.
Write Down
Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:
Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 134,000 Kg ZFW. 134,000 Kg
Reserves 4800 Kg Reserves 4800 Kg
CRZ Alt 17000' CRZ Alt 17000'
Cost Index 80 Cost Index 80
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 159,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 159,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 10º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 10º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 28% CG 28%
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=133, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx) V1=133, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=133, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=133, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 142 Kts
• Arm VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 161º
• Initial altitude – 17000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – 122.27
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10, request
Start Up and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing S/W to spot 88.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 3T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK
If pushback is needed: AND CONFIRM”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.

Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”

Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is
running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)

Trim ....................................................................... Set BEACON light switch “ON”

Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” Transponder Selector XPDR
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. ENG switch Push
Rudder trim – “0 units” CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 142, HDG/TRK161, ALTITUDE 17000 V2 141, HDG/TRK162, ALTITUDE 17000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1 133, VR 136, V2 142 V1 133, VR 136, V2 142
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Captain First Officer

“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing S/W to spot 88, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)

Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Taxi Procedure 3T
Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ AUTO

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check
“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.
Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Seattle Ground 121.7

“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot 88 ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “Basic flying mode DEP, Initial HDG ___,
Initial ALT 17000', Derated T/O thrust, N1 __%, Assumed
temp 46º C, Runway 16L, Flaps 15, Stab Trim _, Rudder
Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 3T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L, Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12 Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
15º pitch up, follow FD commands.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50'
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”

400' (Be prepared to select HDG SEL)

(Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF|HDG SEL| VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 "Flaps 5"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”
Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”
“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CLIMB 3T
Tune CTR Freq 120.3

Flight Level Change, Climb or Descent

ALTITUDE selector .......................................................................Rotate
Set the desired altitude in the MCP ALTITUDE window.
FLCH switch .................................................................................... Push
Verify FLCH SPD is displayed in the pitch mode annunciator.
IAS/MACH selector .......................................................................Rotate
Set the desired speed in the IAS/MACH window.

Vertical Speed/FPA, Climb or Descent

ALTITUDE selector .......................................................................Rotate
Set the desired altitude in the MCP ALTITUDE window.
VERTICAL SPEED/FLIGHT PATH ANGLE reference switch ......Push
Verify V/S | FPA is displayed in the vertical speed/flight path angle window.
VERTICAL SPEED/FLIGHT PATH ANGLE switch ......................Push
Verify V/S | FPA is displayed in the pitch mode annunciator.
VERTICAL SPEED/FLIGHT PATH ANGLE selector ................. Rotate
Set the desired vertical speed | FPA in the VERTICAL SPEED/FLIGHTPATH ANGLE window.

If a climb is desired: Select climb thrust limit on the CDU THRUST LIM page.

Heading Select (Maintains the airplane heading the same as the selected heading.)
[ If the airplane is operating in polar regions: HEADING REFERENCE switch ..................................................TRUE ]
HEADING/TRACK reference switch ..............................................Push
Verify HDG is displayed in the HDG/TRK window.
Heading/track SELECT switch .........................................................Push
Verify HDG SEL is displayed in the roll mode annunciator.
Heading/track selector ................................................................... Rotate
Set desired heading in the HDG/TRK window.

Altitude Hold
Altitude HOLD switch ..................................................................... Push
Verify ALT is displayed in the pitch mode annunciator.

10,000 Feet Procedures 3T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Keep in mind the transition altitude & 20,000' procedure if change in cruise altitude.

Transition Altitude 3T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

20,000 feet Procedure 3T

Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS
caution message, “AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches
to OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CRUISE 3T
HUD Maneuvering

VOR Navigation – raw data

displays VOR raw data radials extended from the nose of the airplane to the stations displayed on the CDU NAV RAD page

Radial is always FROM the navaid hence subtract 180 from it to fly towards it.

Direct to waypoint LTJ

on LEGS Pg select LTJ and make it active waypoint

Intercept Course to LTJ

on LEGS Pg select LTJ and put it in L1 key then select INTERCEPT TO > on R6 Key

VSD Corridor
Displayed (cyan) – indicates area mapped by the VSD.
Track mode (default) – dashed lines are offset by 1 RNP from instantaneous track of airplane.
Route mode – dashed lines are offset by 1 RNP from the Flight Management Flight Plan.
Automatically selected when:
• airplane is on ground –
• an active flight plan has been entered, and
• a departure runway has been selected, and
• LNAV is armed
• airplane is in air –
• airplane is in any path-based mode such as LNAV, LOC, or FAC, and
• lateral path deviation is less than RNP

Lateral Deviation (Ref: Pos Ref Page 2)

Maximum Lateral Deviation (XTK ERROR): NPS amber indication or 1 x RNP

Route Modification – After LTJ, V497 to MWH

on RTE Pg after LTJ select V497 as airway then to MWH, activate & execute

Intercept Course to SUNED

on LEGS Pg enter SUNED as active waypoint, select INTERCEPT CRS TO>

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ATC - “Expect ILS Rwy 32R approach.”

Descent Procedure – (Radar Vectoring) 3T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS 1367' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS 1367' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select ILS Runway 32R as per clearances
(Since Radar Vector no STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby creating route discontinuity on Legs page
(Don't try to remove route discontinuity as its
Radar Vector appch)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart
PELLY 2748'
set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and L/R turns of
HOLD
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select Runway as per clearances

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
(Since its Radar Vector no STAR or transition to be
selected)
thereby creating route discontinuity on Legs page
(Don't try to remove route discontinuity as its
Radar Vector appch)

Verify/modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on

legs page with those on profile view Arrival chart
PELLY 2748'
set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are
visible all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the
way-points on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Select HOLD on CDU
verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and L/R
turns of HOLD
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute

Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto

tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Appch Briefing – CTOWF Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
20 N.M before Top of Descent take descent clearance.
Tune Grant County Appch 126.4

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “Grant County Appch- AI 87 H , 100n.m Inbound for R/W
32R request Descent Clearance.”
Seattle Appch - “AI 87 H Descent approved”
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

Flight Level Change, Climb or Descent

ALTITUDE selector .......................................................................Rotate
Set the desired altitude in the MCP ALTITUDE window.
FLCH switch .................................................................................... Push
Verify FLCH SPD is displayed in the pitch mode annunciator.
IAS/MACH selector .......................................................................Rotate
Set the desired speed in the IAS/MACH window.

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 3T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Level 3T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approach Procedure 3T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4
Verify VSD on
Grant County Appch : “AI 87 H expect radar vectoring for runway 32R.”
Read back
“Updated APPCH briefing”
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF PELLY as per clearance) Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF PELLY on top as active way
point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.
“Confirm”
Execute

“Appch Checklist” Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 3T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Tune GRANT COUNTY TWR 118.25

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Landing Procedure 3T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”

Arm APP mode Push APP

verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway
Hdg. “Grant County TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”

verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“Grant County TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 32R”
Grant County Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Roll Procedure 3T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“ Grant County TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
Grant County TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on 121.9”
Readback
Tune to 121.9

After Landing Procedure 3T

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 3T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS
If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES”
PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release

“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.

Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Secure Procedure 3T
Captain First Officer
“SECURE PROCEDURE”
IRS selectors .......................................................... OFF
Battery Switch ....................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch .................... OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch ................................. OFF
L & R PACK switches ................................................ OFF
EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF
HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow

“SECURE CHECKLIST.” Do the SECURE checklist.

IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Emergency lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
“SECURE CHECKLIST Completed.”

Coming out of seat

APU Selector OFF

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 4T

Cold and Dark Cockpit Procedure 4T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 4T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 4T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 4T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 4T
APU Inoperative Ref SP.7.1 4T
Engine Cross Start 4T
Before Taxi Procedure 4T
Before Takeoff Procedure 4T
HUD Takeoff 4T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)
CLIMB 4T
10,000 Feet Procedures 4T
CRUISE 4T
Descent Procedure – (Radar Vectoring) 4T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 4T
Approach Procedure 4T
Landing Procedure 4T
Landing Roll Procedure 4T
After Landing Procedure 4T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 4T

Lesson 4T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Cold and Dark Cockpit Procedure 4T
Captain First Officer
Battery Switch - “ON”
C1 & C2 Hyd Elec Pump selectors - “OFF”
L & R Hyd Elec Demand Pump selectors - “OFF”
L & R Wiper selectors - “OFF”
Landing Gear lever - “Down”
Alternate Flaps selector - “OFF”
EXT PWR AVAIL light(s) “Illuminated”
EXT PWR switch(es) “Push”
Dome Light control - “Mid Position”
Storm Light switch - “ON”
Master Brightness switch - “ON”
Master Brightness Control - “Full Bright”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 4T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 4T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors.
Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind
data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page:
that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page:

that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

SEA, V23 BTG, V468 YKM, V448 RUBEL
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L under HUD TAKEOFF.
Select SID SEATTLE __
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page:

Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 4T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

Release
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.

Normal/100% selector – “100%”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” correct documents are loaded.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
ND mode select switch – “Push” PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5” AUX Panel :
Displays airport map Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid Primary Flight Display (PFD)
flight crew positional awareness only.
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
ND WXR switch – “Off” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ND TFC Switch “ON” AFDS FLT DIR
ND TERR switch – “Off” Roll Bar Centered
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
Display select panel No V Speed Flag

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications QNH set
no exceedance shown on EICAS.
Mini Map
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Ground Speed Zero
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” Runway Depicted Correctly
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” TCAS OFF Flag
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” Both ADF Displayed
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed”
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Range as selected
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Track Magnetic
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Runway Depicted Correctly
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. TCAS OFF Flag
Press RED CLIP on side Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
MFD...........................................................................Check
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – INFO display switch “Push”
Release Selected Airport Database Current
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Select the status display.
Status messages – Check
Normal/100% selector – “100%” CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display RESETS – “Select”
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Airline database “Select inactive”
Airline database “Select current”
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
RESET ALL – “Select”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness CDU IDENT page:
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” that the MODEL is correct.
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” that the ENG RATING is correct.
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. CDU POS INIT page:
that the time is correct.
AUX Panel : Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
Primary Flight Display (PFD) Navigation Data............................................................Set
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA CDU RTE page: 1
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Enter Origin “KSEA”
AFDS FLT DIR Enter Destination “KMWH”
Roll Bar Centered Enter the FLT NO. “87”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
QNH set SEA, V23 BTG, V468 YKM, V448 RUBEL
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
Mini Map White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
Ground Speed Zero ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & CDU DEPARTURES page:
Runway Depicted Correctly Select the runway 16L under HUD TAKEOFF.
TCAS OFF Flag Select SID SEATTLE __
Both ADF Displayed Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Navigation Display (ND) Execute
Ground Speed Zero
Range as selected Progress Page : 1
Track Magnetic total approximate Distance
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & ANP/RNP as per route.
Runway Depicted Correctly
TCAS OFF Flag NAV RADIO page:
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display
“blank” Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”

SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Reverse thrust levers “Down” Engine fire switches – “IN”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
Flap lever Set G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
Parking brake “Set”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. Flight deck printer .
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” printer power “ON”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights
“extinguished” Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
VHF - Set, HF – Set
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” GPWS
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
GAIN and MODE – As needed
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
VHF - Set, HF – Set
GPWS First officer’s audio control panel
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
GAIN and MODE – As needed FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
First officer’s audio control panel Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
HUD combiner “Down”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” HUD combiner “Down”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust” HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.

Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between

Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 H Cleared to Grant County International airport. SEATTLE __ Departure. Expect Radar Vectors to
intercept V23, then as filed. Climb and Maintain 17000'. Seattle Departure Control 119.2 , squawk 4545.
Write Down
Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:
Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 134,000 Kg ZFW. 134,000 Kg
Fuel 25,000 Kg Fuel 25,000 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt 17000' CRZ Alt 17000'
Cost Index 80 Cost Index 80
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 159,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 159,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 15º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 15º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 28% CG 28%
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=132, Vr=135, V2=144 (Approx) V1=132, Vr=135, V2=144 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=132, Vr=135, V2=144 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=132, Vr=135, V2=144 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 144 Kts
• Arm VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 161º
• Initial altitude – 17000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – 122.27
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10, APU
Inoperative, request Start Up on Bay and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up on bay and push back approved, push back facing S/W to spot 88.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 4T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK
If pushback is needed: AND CONFIRM”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is
running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)
Trim ....................................................................... Set
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” BEACON light switch “ON”
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. Transponder Selector XPDR
Rudder trim – “0 units” ENG switch Push
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 144, HDG/TRK161, ALTITUDE 17000 V2 144, HDG/TRK162, ALTITUDE 17000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1 133, VR 136, V2 142 V1 133, VR 136, V2 142
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

APU Inoperative Ref SP.7.1 4T

Ground Power Engine Start
This procedure assumes the APU is not available for engine start. Engine starts from ground power require the forward left and
right external power sources to be providing power. The aft external power source should also be used, if available. This reduces
electrical load shedding and assists the start of the right engine.

Note: During ground power starts, expect significant equipment reconfigurations and electrical load shedding while the first
engine is starting. This includes F/O displays, EFB, right CCR, MCP, and numerous cabin loads. Audio control panel receive and
transmit selections may be lost. Reselect if needed after the first engine is running.
If three external power sources are used, start the right engine first to reduce load shedding.

Note: Attempting ground power start with cabin temperatures above 46° C may be unsuccessful due to PECS overheat during
start.
External power sources ............................................................... Connect
Select FWD EXT PWR L and FWD EXT PWR R switches ON.
Select AFT EXT PWR switch ON, if available.
Note: Advise the cabin to expect the loss of some cabin functions during engine start.
Start the first engine.
After the first engine start is complete:
External power sources ................................................Disconnect
Verify that all external power AVAIL lights are illuminated.
Disconnect external power sources.
Use cross start procedures to start the remaining engine.

Captain First Officer

Verify
External power sources .............................................. Connected

Select FWD EXT PWR L and FWD EXT PWR R switches ON.
Select AFT EXT PWR switch ON, if available.
“Ground – Cockpit, APU Inoperative, will start engines on bay.
Will be starting right engine. Call when clear to start right
engine.”
Ground – “Capt. Clear to start Right Engine, start right engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on EICAS)

“Start Right Engine”

Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started

External power sources...............................................Disconnect

“Ground, Right Engine alive. Disconnect external power Verify that all external power AVAIL lights are illuminated.
source.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Engine Cross Start 4T
Verify the area behind the airplane is clear of equipment and personnel prior to increasing thrust on operating engine.
Thrust lever (operating engine) ................................................. Advance
Increase thrust until N2 is 5% above idle.
Note: Ensures optimal electrical system performance to support engine start.
Accomplish normal engine start.
Captain First Officer
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start Left engine, start left engine.”
Verify area behind airplane is clear of equipment and personnel.
Thrust lever (operating engine) .................................... Advance
Increase thrust until N2 is 5% above idle.

“Start Left Engine”

Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
(Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN”
(Once RUNNING is gone)
Both engines stable, idle.

Captain First Officer

“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing S/W to spot 88, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(To be accomplished after pushback has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Taxi Procedure 4T
Captain First Officer
APU selector ...........................................................
Inoperative

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ Auto

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
(Once ground equipment is clear) Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
“Left Clear, Left Clear” CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Flaps __”
Flight controls .......................................................Check “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.
Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Seattle Ground 121.7

“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot 88 ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “LNAV, VNAV DEP, Initial HDG ___,
Initial ALT 17000', Derated T/O thrust, N1 __%, Assumed
temp 46º C, Runway 16L, Flaps 15, Stab Trim _, Rudder
Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Before Takeoff Procedure 4T

Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

HUD Takeoff 4T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)

Ground Deviation - HUD Takeoff
During a HUD takeoff, ground deviation indications include the ground rollreference symbol, flight director guidance cue, and
ILS/GLS localizer deviation pointer. This guidance is available when HUD takeoff guidance has been selected on the FMC. (Refer
to Departures Page in Chapter 11, Section 40, for additional information.) These indications become active when the heading of
the airplane is within 45° of the runway heading and the plane is within 2º of the center of the ILS localizer beam or 75 feet of the
GLS localizer centerline. If the airplane then
deviates more than seven meters (23 feet) right or left from the runway centerline, a flashing triangle appears, pointing in the
direction of the runway centerline, to assist in correcting for the deviation. (Refer to HUD Takeoff in Chapter 4, Section 20, for
additional information.)

TO/GA Reference Line

In TO/GA mode, flight director vertical guidance is depicted as a horizontal dashed line (pitch target) across the HUD pitch scale.
To comply with this guidance, place the airplane reference symbol on the TO/GA reference line. During takeoff roll, this line
becomes visible when groundspeed is greater than 65 knots and is initially fixed at the top of the display. The reference line is
available any time TO/GA mode is selected in flight. A flight director pitch up command is displayed when the TO/GA reference
line is positioned above the airplane reference symbol. A pitch down command is displayed when the TO/GA reference line is
positioned below the airplane reference symbol. Once in flight, the spacing between the TO/GA reference line and the airplane
reference symbol is equal to the spacing between the flight path vector symbol and the guidance cue.

Flight Path Vector Symbol with Guidance Cue

The flight path vector symbol is derived from the inertial sources, and provides an indication of where the airplane is going. The
flight path angle is indicated by the position of the center of the flight path circle relative to the pitch scale. The flight path vector
symbol’s “gull wing” wing roots are angled downward 30º to the horizontal. In a 30º bank angle, the upward wing’s wing root is
parallel with the HUD horizon and pitch scale lines. The flight path vector symbol is only displayed in flight, and has display
priority over all other symbols except the guidance cue. If any portion of another symbol (excluding guidance cue) is positioned
inside the circle of the flight path vector symbol, that portion of the other symbol is not displayed.

The flight path vector symbol appearance can be limited laterally by other symbology such as speed and altitude tapes, or the
display field-of-view. When this occurs, the FPV symbol has a dashed outline instead of a solid outline and can not indicate the
airplane’s current drift angle.
The guidance cue (small circle) is associated with the flight path vector symbol. This cue represents flight director guidance, and
is displayed when the flight directors are turned on. To follow flight director guidance, position the circular body of the flight path
vector symbol around the guidance cue. The guidance cue appears at 50 feet RA on takeoff. If a HUD takeoff is selected, the
guidance cue appears at the same time as the flight path vector. During a windshear alert condition, the guidance cue will change
from hollow to solid (filled). (Refer to Alerts Displayed on the HUD in Chapter 15, Section 10, for additional information.)

Angle-of-Attack Limit Symbol

The airplane's angle-of-attack (AOA) limit is depicted on the HUD by the angle-of-attack limit symbol. The distance between the
AOA limit symbol and the flight path vector symbol represents the margin available before stick shaker occurs. When the AOA
limit symbol is positioned on the flight path vector symbol (boxed ends set on the flight path vector symbol wings), the airplane is
at the stick shaker angle of attack.
The PFD contains a similar symbol called the pitch limit indicator (PLI). However, on the PFD, the PLI is displayed relative to the
airplane reference symbol, not to the flight path vector.
The AOA limit symbol is displayed during any of the following:
• angle of attack is within 5º of stick shaker, or
• stick shaker is active, or
• windshear alerting with (solid) guidance cue displayed

Slip/Skid Indicators
The Slip/Skid symbology consists of two symbols:

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • roll scale slip/skid indicator is referenced to and rotated with the roll scale pointer (or referenced to the UA roll scale
pointer, whichever is displayed).
• flight path slip/skid indicator referenced to the flight path vector symbol
The flight path slip/skid indicator is only displayed during a takeoff, or a low-altitude go-around, providing additional yaw
reference in the case of an engine failure. At low altitude, the sensitivity of the slip/skid indicators is enhanced to provide
additional awareness.

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L, Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12 Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
pitch up, follow TOGA ref line on HUD.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50' “LNAV”
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' “|THR REF|LNAV|VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 "Flaps 5"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”

Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”

“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CLIMB 4T
Tune CTR Freq 120.3 on TCP
Radar vectors to V23 "Cross MCKEN at or below 12,000, at 280 knots"

Heading Select (Maintains the airplane heading the same as the selected heading.)
[ If the airplane is operating in polar regions: HEADING REFERENCE switch ..................................................TRUE ]
HEADING/TRACK reference switch ..............................................Push
Verify HDG is displayed in the HDG/TRK window.
Heading/track SELECT switch .........................................................Push
Verify HDG SEL is displayed in the roll mode annunciator.
Heading/track selector ................................................................... Rotate
Set desired heading in the HDG/TRK window.
V23 is on planned route hence once cleared to intercept route.

On LEGS Page
• Select next waypoint MCKEN as active waypoint verify on ND, select INTERCEPT CRS TO> activate and execute.
Engage LNAV, Call out FMA changes. LNAV ARMED.
• Set 280/12000b as constraint against MCKEN.

10,000 Feet Procedures 4T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Delete speed/altitude restriction OM 11.31, 11.41 (Before MCKEN) "Resume normal speed, climb and maintain 17,000"
On LEGS Page, Delete constraint against MCKEN

On MCP Altitude selector enter 17000'

if just one altitude constraint is there push Altitude selector to remove the constraint verify on VNAV page or On ND
Or
to remove all constraint at one go use CLB DIR> on VNAV CLB page.

On VNAV CLB Page select <ECON SPD to resume normal speed.

Along-track waypoint OM 11.31 "Report 10 miles before COUGA"

On Legs Page, enter COUGA/-10 on scratchpad then select COUGA, it will create a waypoint 10 miles before COUGA. Verify on
ND & Execute.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CRUISE 4T
Interpret PFD/HUD, and ND, indications OM 10.10, 10.20

Direct to a waypoint OM 11.42 "Cleared direct TROTS, then flight planned route"
On LEGS Page, enter TROTS on scratchpad and make it as active waypoint on L1 key, verify activate & execute. Make sure
LNAV is engaged.

Inhibit navigation aid OM 11.42, SP.11 "Yakima VOR/DME is unreliable; do not use for navigation"

Navaid Inhibit (FCOM 11.42.40)

INIT REF key ................................................................................. Select
INDEX key..................................................................................... Select
POS ................................................................................................ Select
POS REF page ............................................................................... Select
POS REF is the third page of POS INIT.

To inhibit GPS updating:

Note: For terminal operations, if the airspace, FMC database, and charts are not referenced to the WGS-84 datum, inhibit GPS
updates unless other appropriate procedures are used.
GPS NAV ............................................................................. Select
Verify GPS NAV OFF selected.

To inhibit DME/DME updating:

DME/DME........................................................................... Select
Verify DME/DME OFF selected.

To inhibit VOR/DME updating:

VOR/DME ........................................................................... Select
Verify VOR/DME OFF selected.

To inhibit localizer updating:

LOC NAV ............................................................................ Select
Verify LOC NAV OFF selected.

To inhibit data from a specific navaid: [we will use this one]
INIT REF key ...................................................................... Select
INDEX key .......................................................................... Select
NAV DATA .......................................................................... Select
Using scratchpad, enter identifiers (YAKIMA) of specific navaids or VORs to be inhibited on the NAVAID
INHIBIT or VOR ONLY INHIBIT lines.

Intercept an airway OM 11.42.17 "Turn left, heading 080. Intercept V520 to PSC, direct RUBEL"

As stated earlier use Heading Select to turn to 080.

Since V520 is not part of our route hence we have to enter this airway on route.
On RTE Page via To
V520 PSC
activate and execute

On Legs Page select waypoint which is first on the route post interception as active waypoint I.e PSC. Select INTC CRS To>
next select RUBEL as next waypoint on LEGS page. Verify on ND, activate and execute.

Change cruise speed OM 4.10, 11.31, 11.41 "Reduce speed to 280 knots, for spacing" "Resume normal speed"

On VNAV CRZ Page Enter Speed 280Kts on L2, ECON SPD becomes SEL SPD

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
To resume normal speed select ECON on L6 key.

Present position hold OM 11.43; FCTM Ch 4 "Hold at present position. Expect further clearance at _____”

On selection of HOLD Page on CDU, if already a HOLD exists it opens that HOLD page and you have to select NEXT HOLD on
L6 Key to enter new hold or look for next hold. Otherwise it shows RTE LEGS Page to enter hold at with empty box on L6 and
PPOS on R6.
Also enter EFC time on R3 key as Entry changes performance predictions for the route after holding.

HOLD AT Present Position (PPOS)

Select –
• creates a holding pattern at present position
• execution establishes the holding fix at the position when EXEC is selected and displays RTE HOLD

Arrival procedure OM NP.21, FCTM Ch 4

"Grant county approach radar is out of service. Expect the ILS Rwy 32R approach via the RUBEL transition"

Modify hold OM 11.43 "Amend missed approach holding at BATUM to right turns, maintain 5000 feet"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Descent Procedure – (Radar Vectoring) 4T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS 1367' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS 1367' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR
Select ILS Rwy 32R
Select RUBEL transition as per clearances
(Since Radar Vector no STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby creating route discontinuity on Legs page
(Don't try to remove route discontinuity as its
Radar Vector appch)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart
PELLY 2748'
set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and edit turns to
Right hand turns HOLD & Altitude as 5000'.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Select ILS Rwy 32R
Select RUBEL transition as per clearances
(Since Radar Vector no STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby creating route discontinuity on Legs page
(Don't try to remove route discontinuity as its
Radar Vector appch)

Verify/modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on

legs page with those on profile view Arrival chart
PELLY 2748'
set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are
visible all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the
way-points on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Select HOLD on CDU
verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and edit turns to
Right hand turns HOLD & Altitude as 5000'.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute

Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto

tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Appch Briefing – CTOWF Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
20 N.M before Top of Descent take descent clearance.
Tune Grant County Appch 126.4

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “Grant County Appch- AI 87 H , 100n.m Inbound for R/W
32R request Descent Clearance.”
Seattle Appch - “AI 87 H Descent approved”
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

Exit hold OM 11.43 "Depart holding, direct AMPLE, direct RUBEL"

On the ACT RTE HOLD page, selecting and executing EXIT HOLD> causes LNAV to command the airplane to continue in the
holding pattern until arriving at the holding fix, at which time the airplane exits the holding pattern

On Legs Page enter AMPLE next to current active waypoint I.e PPOS, after AMPLE enter RUBEL, Verify it activate and execute.

Determine ETA and fuel remaining OM 11.42 Determine ETA and fuel remaining for KMWH, and alternate, KPDX

On Progress Page 1 you already have ETA & FUEL Remaining for Destination
on same page you enter KPDX and find out the details for same.

"Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 3000 feet" Descend on VNAV path OM 11.31, 11.43; FCTM Ch 4

On MCP Altitude selector enter 3000', if less than 50NM from T/D then press Altitude Selector or choose DES NOW> from
VNAV Page.

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 4T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

"Approach radar is back in service. Turn right, heading 040, radar vectors for the ILS Rwy 32R approach" FCTM Ch 5
Display an extended approach course using the ARRIVALS page PELLY INTC prompt OM 11.43

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approach Procedure 4T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Seattle Appch : “AI 87 H, Approach radar is back in service, Turn right heading 040, radar vectors for the ILS runway
32R approach.”
Use HDG SEL to turn to 040 Read back

Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying

Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF PELLY on top as active way
point.
“Modify” (Intercept to FAF PELLY as per clearance) Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Tune GRANT COUNTY TWR 118.25

HUD-monitored ILS OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Perform autoland

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure 4T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway
Hdg. “Grant County TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”

verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“Grant County TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 32R”
Grant County Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Roll Procedure 4T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“ Grant County TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
Grant County TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on 121.9”
Readback
Tune to 121.9

After Landing Procedure 4T

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 4T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS
If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”
“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
After wheel chocks are in place: Status messages ...................................................Check
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.
Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 5T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) Icing Conditions 5T

Exterior Inspection 5T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 5T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 5T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 5T
Engine Start Procedure (Icing Conditions) 5T
Before Taxi Procedure 5T
Before Takeoff Procedure (Adverse Weather) 5T
Before Takeoff Procedure
CLIMB 5T
10,000 Feet Procedures 5T
Transition Altitude 5T
Descent Procedure – 5T
Transition Level 5T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 5T
Approach Procedure 5T
Before Landing Procedure 5T
Landing Roll Procedure 5T
After Landing Procedure 5T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 5T
Secure Procedure 5T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) Icing Conditions 5T
If taxi-in on the previous flight occurred in visible moisture (fog with visibility of one statute mile (1600 m) or less, rain, snow,
sleet, ice crystals, and so on) in icing conditions and the temperature stayed below 3°C, the taxi-in time from the previous flight in
the airplane logbook or other approved document must be included in the total taxi time. If the engine is considered free of ice
before engine start, only the taxi-out time should be included in the total taxi time. The engine is considered free of
ice before engine start if:
• the engine has been manually de-iced, or
• the engine has been visually inspected per the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM)
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message
blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather (ATIS on 118.0) and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Exterior Inspection 5T
Although removal of surface snow, ice and frost is normally a maintenance function, during preflight procedures, the captain or
first officer should carefully inspect areas where surface snow, ice or frost could change or affect normal system operations.
Do the normal Exterior Inspection with the following additional steps:

Surfaces ..........................................................................................Check
Takeoff with light coatings of frost, up to 1/8 inch (3mm) in thickness, on lower wing surfaces due to cold fuel is
allowable; however, all leading edge devices, all control surfaces, and upper wing surfaces must be free of snow, ice and frost.
Thin hoarfrost is acceptable on the upper surface of the fuselage provided all vents and ports are clear. Thin hoarfrost is a uniform
white deposit of fine crystalline texture, which usually occurs on exposed surfaces on a cold and cloudless night, and which is thin
enough to distinguish surface features underneath, such as paint lines, markings or lettering.

Pitot probes and static ports ........................................................... Check

Verify that all pitot probes and static ports are free of snow and ice.
Water rundown after snow removal may freeze immediately forward of static ports and cause an ice buildup which disturbs
airflow over the static ports resulting in erroneous static readings even when static ports are clear.

Air conditioning inlets and exits.................................................... Check

Verify that the air inlets and exits, including the outflow valves, are free of snow and ice.
Engine inlets .................................................................................. Check
Verify that the inlet cowling is free of snow and ice.
Fuel tank vents ............................................................................... Check
Verify that all traces of ice and frost are removed.
Landing gear doors ........................................................................ Check
Landing gear doors should be free of snow and ice.
APU air inlets ............................................................................... Check
The APU inlet door must be free of snow and ice before APU start.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 5T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors.
Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind
data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page:
that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page:

that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

SEA, V495, BTG, V112, PDT, RUBEL
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway HUD 34R.
Select SID HAROB __ DEPARTURE → ALDER
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page:

Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 5T
Anti Ice Ops
Do the normal Preflight Procedure - First Officer with the following modifications:
During the hydraulic panel preflight, if all electric pump selectors are found selected ON and the APU is running, maintenance
personnel may have performed a maintenance procedure for cold weather hydraulic system warm-up. If maintenance personnel
have performed the cold weather hydraulic system warm-up procedure, leave the electric pump selectors ON and the APU
running. This ensures all four hydraulic electric pumps remain operating and the hydraulic fluid remains warmed. During the
Before Start Procedure, select all electric pumps AUTO and resume normal procedures for operation of the hydraulic systems.

Note: If the fuel temperature is less than or equal to -17 degrees C, and if the electric hydraulic pump selectors are in the AUTO or
OFF position for more than 10 minutes prior to engine hydraulic pump operation, notify maintenance personnel
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF/ON”
FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“OFF/ON”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”
INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

ND WXR switch – “Off”

ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

Release
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.

Normal/100% selector – “100%”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” correct documents are loaded.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
ND mode select switch – “Push” PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5” AUX Panel :

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Displays airport map Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only. Primary Flight Display (PFD)
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
ND WXR switch – “Off” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ND TFC Switch “ON” AFDS FLT DIR
ND TERR switch – “Off” Roll Bar Centered
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
Display select panel No V Speed Flag
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications QNH set
no exceedance shown on EICAS.
Mini Map
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Ground Speed Zero
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” Runway Depicted Correctly
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” TCAS OFF Flag
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” Both ADF Displayed
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed”
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Range as selected
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Track Magnetic
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Runway Depicted Correctly
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. TCAS OFF Flag
Press RED CLIP on side Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
MFD...........................................................................Check
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – INFO display switch “Push”
Release Selected Airport Database Current
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Select the status display.
Status messages – Check
Normal/100% selector – “100%” CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display RESETS – “Select”
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Airline database “Select inactive”
Airline database “Select current”
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
RESET ALL – “Select”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness CDU IDENT page:
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” that the MODEL is correct.
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” that the ENG RATING is correct.
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. CDU POS INIT page:

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 that the time is correct.
AUX Panel : Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
Primary Flight Display (PFD) Navigation Data............................................................Set
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA CDU RTE page: 1
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Enter Origin “KSEA”
AFDS FLT DIR Enter Destination “KMWH”
Roll Bar Centered Enter the FLT NO. “87”
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
QNH set SEA, V495, BTG, V112, PDT, RUBEL
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
Mini Map White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
Ground Speed Zero ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & CDU DEPARTURES page:
Runway Depicted Correctly CDU DEPARTURES page:
TCAS OFF Flag Select the runway HUD 34R.
Both ADF Displayed Select SID HAROB __ DEPARTURE → ALDER
Select Transition
Navigation Display (ND) ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Ground Speed Zero Execute
Range as selected
Track Magnetic Progress Page : 1
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass total approximate Distance
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
Runway Depicted Correctly ANP/RNP as per route.
TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed NAV RADIO page:
Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display frequencies should be there.
“blank”
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN”
Reverse thrust levers “Down” ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” Engine fire switches – “IN”
Flap lever Set LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
Parking brake “Set” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown.
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” Flight deck printer .
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights printer power “ON”
“extinguished”
Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” VHF - Set, HF – Set

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” GPWS
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” GAIN and MODE – As needed
VHF - Set, HF – Set TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
GPWS
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) First officer’s audio control panel
GAIN and MODE – As needed 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”

First officer’s audio control panel EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
HUD combiner “Down” brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust” HUD combiner “Down”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 H Cleared to Grant County International airport. HAROB __ Departure. Direct ALDER, then as filed.
Maintain 3000'. expect FL190 five min after Departure. Seattle Departure Control 120.4 , squawk 4477.
Write Down
Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 136,500 Kg ZFW. 136,500 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt FL 190 CRZ Alt FL 190
Cost Index 110 Cost Index 110
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 161,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 161,000 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 1º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 1º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway SLIPPERY Runway SLIPPERY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 28% CG 28%
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=130, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx) V1=130, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
1/2 V1=130, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=130, Vr=136, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 142 Kts
• LNAV Armed
• VNAV Armed
• Initial heading or track – 341º
• Initial altitude – 3000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – 122.27
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10, request
Start Up and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing S/W to spot 88.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 5T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK
If pushback is needed: AND CONFIRM”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is
running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)
BEACON light switch “ON”
Trim ....................................................................... Set Transponder Selector XPDR
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” ENG switch Push
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
Rudder trim – “0 units” that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 142, HDG/TRK341, ALTITUDE 3000 V2 141, HDG/TRK341, ALTITUDE 3000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1 130, VR 136, V2 142 V1 130, VR 136, V2 142
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Engine Start Procedure (Icing Conditions) 5T

Do the normal Engine Start Procedure with the following considerations:
• oil pressure may be slow to rise
• initial oil pressure rise may be higher than normal
• additional warm-up time may be needed to allow oil temperature to reach the normal range
• displays may require additional warm-up time before displayed engine indications accurately show changing values.
Displays may appear less bright than normal

Captain First Officer

“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing S/W to spot 88, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)

Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Engine Anti-ice Operation - On the Ground
Engine anti-ice must be selected ON immediately after both engines are started and remain on during all ground operations when
icing conditions exist or are anticipated, except when the temperature is below -40°C OAT.

WARNING: Do not rely on airframe visual icing cues before activating engine anti-ice. Use the temperature and
visible moisture criteria because late activation of engine anti-ice may allow excessive ingestion of ice and result in engine
damage or failure.
CAUTION: Do not use engine anti-ice when OAT is above 10°C.

When engine anti-ice is needed:

ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .........................................ON F/O
Confirm that “EAI” is shown on the primary engine display for both engines.
When engine anti-ice is no longer needed:
ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .......................AUTO or OFF F/O
If ice detection is available, position the selectors to AUTO. If ice detection is inoperative, position the selectors to OFF

Before Taxi Procedure

Do the normal Before Taxi Procedure with the following modifications:
If there is snow or ice accumulation on the wing, consider delaying the flight control check until after de-icing/anti-icing is
accomplished.
If taxi route is through ice, snow, slush or standing water in low temperatures or if precipitation is falling with temperatures below
freezing, taxi out with the flaps up. Taxiing with the flaps extended subjects the flaps and flap drives to contamination. Leading
edge devices are also susceptible to slush accumulations.

Call “FLAPS ___” as needed. C

Flap lever ...............................................Set flaps, as needed F/O

Before Taxi Procedure 5T

Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ ON

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check
“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.
Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Tune Seattle Ground 121.7
“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot 88 ready for
runway 34R, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot __ via taxiway __.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “LNAV/VNAV DEP, Initial HDG ___,
Initial ALT 3000', Derated T/O thrust, N1 __%, Assumed
temp 46º C, Runway 34R, Flaps 15, Stab Trim _, Rudder
Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Taxi-Out
CAUTION: Taxi at a reduced speed. Use smaller tiller and rudder inputs, and apply minimum thrust smoothly.
Differential thrust may be used to help maintain airplane momentum during turns. At all other times, apply thrust evenly.
Taxiing on slippery taxiways or runways at excessive speed or with high crosswinds may start a skid.

CAUTION: Precautions must be taken for jet blast up to 600 feet (200 meters) behind the aircraft, snow and ice at the
edge of the taxiway that can be ingested by the engines, slippery taxi surfaces, and airport noise restrictions.

When both of the following exist, do an engine run-up to minimize ice build-up:
• OAT is 3°C or below
• visible moisture (clouds, fog with visibility of one statute mile [1600 m] or less, rain, snow, sleet, ice crystals, and so on)
Do the following procedure:
Check that the area behind the airplane is clear. C

Note: Operation in icing conditions may result in engine vibration levels above the normal operating range during ice shedding.
Run-up to a minimum of 40% N1 for at least 5 seconds duration at intervals no greater than 60 minutes. If high engine vibration
indications occur, a run-up to 50% N1 may be done. If takeoff is not completed within 120 minutes total taxi time, manually
de-ice the engines before takeoff.

De-icing / Anti-icing
Testing of undiluted de-icing/anti-icing fluids has shown that some of the fluid remains on the wing during takeoff rotation and
initial climb. The residual fluid causes a temporary decrease in lift and increase in drag, however, the effects are temporary. Use
the normal takeoff rotation rate.

CAUTION: Operate the APU during de-icing only if necessary. Ingestion of snow, slush, ice, or de-icing/anti-icing fluid
can cause damage to the APU.

If de-icing / anti-icing is needed:

APU......................................................................As needed F/O
The APU should be shut down unless APU operation is necessary.
Call “FLAPS UP” C
Flaps .................................................................................UP F/O
Prevents ice and slush from accumulating in flap cavities during de-icing.
Thrust levers ................................................................... Idle C
Reduces the possibility of injury to personnel at inlet or exhaust areas.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 PACK switches .............................................................. OFF F/O

After de-icing / anti-icing is completed:

APU .......................................................... As needed F/O
PACK switches ............................................... AUTO F/O
Flight Controls ............................... Check, as needed C

Before Takeoff Procedure (Adverse Weather) 5T

Do the normal Before Takeoff Procedure with the following modification:
Call “FLAPS ___” as needed for takeoff. PF
Flap lever ...................................Set takeoff flaps, as needed PM
Extend the flaps to the takeoff setting at this time if they have been held because of slush, standing water, or icing
conditions, or because of exterior de-icing/anti-icing.

Takeoff Procedure (Adverse Weather) RUN UP PROCEDURE

Do the normal Takeoff Procedure with the following modification:
When engine anti-ice is required and the OAT is 3°C or below, the takeoff must be preceded by a static engine run-up. Use
the following procedure:
• Within 5 minutes of or in conjunction with the takeoff:
• Increase thrust to a minimum of 40% N1 up to 55% N1 maximum.
• Maintain that thrust level for 5 seconds minimum.
• If high fan vibrations persist, increase thrust to a minimum of 50% N1 up to 55% N1 maximum and maintain that thrust
until vibration decreases to below 4 units before proceeding with the takeoff.
• Confirm stable engine operation prior to final advance to takeoff thrust.

Note: Engine vibration may indicate maximum display value prior to shedding ice; however, this will have no adverse effect on
the engine.
After the run-up, there is no need to reduce thrust before brake release for takeoff, at any gross weight or center of gravity

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 34 at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at __
for runway 34R. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L, Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12 Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
15º pitch up, follow FD commands.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50'
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' (Be prepared to select HDG SEL)
(Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF|HDG SEL| VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 "Flaps 5"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”
Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”
“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

CLIMB 5T Tune CTR Freq 120.3

Temporary level-off OM 11.31, 11.41 "For traffic, maintain 3000 feet until advised"

Altitude Intervention
If an unplanned level-off is required, setting the altitude window to the required altitude causes the airplane to level at the set
altitude. VNAV SPD changes to VNAV ALT. The climb can be continued by setting the altitude window to a higher altitude and
pushing the altitude selector. If the altitude window is set to an altitude above other altitude constraints, each altitude constraint
can be deleted by each push of the altitude selector. If cruise altitude is set in the altitude window, all waypoint altitude climb
constraints to the T/C can be deleted by selection of the CLB DIR> prompt on the CLB page.

Set 3000 on MCP Altitude window, FMA | SPD | LNAV | VNAV ALT |

Temporary speed restriction OM 11.31 "Maintain 230 knots for traffic separation"

MCP Speed Intervention

With VNAV active, pushing the IAS/MACH selector enables speed intervention. Speed intervention allows the flight crew to
change airplane speed with the IAS/MACH selector.
SPD – Autothrottle maintains the command speed. Speed can be set using the MCP IAS/MACH selector or by the FMC, as
displayed on the CDU CLIMB, CRUISE, or DESCENT page. The autothrottle does not exceed the operating speed limits or the

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
thrust limits displayed on the EICAS

FMA Mode doesn't change

VNAV pg title changes to ACT MCP SPD

Resume climb OM 11.31, 11.41 "Climb and maintain FL 190"

As stated earlier if the cleared direct to FL 190 then select CLB DIR> on CLB Page or if the clearance is not direct then just
change the MCP Altitude window to 19000' and press the selector as it has taken 3000' as constraint.

Set 19000 on MCP Altitude window/CLB DIR> on CLB Page, FMA | THR REF | LNAV | VNAV SPD |

Resume normal speed OM 11.31 "Resume normal climb speed"

On CLB Page select ECON Spd, page title changes ACT ECON CLB

10,000 Feet Procedures 5T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Altitude 5T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”
Intercept Course From OM 11.42
"Turn right, heading 170. Intercept the OLM 140 degree radial outbound, to intercept flight plan route"

Verify on ND that Heading Bug is always aligned with current Heading even though airplane is flying in LNAV mode.
On MCP Heading select it to make it active, set 170. FMA | SPD | HDG SEL | VNAV PTH | CALLOUT “HDG SEL”

Intercept Course From

The waypoint name in the scratchpad is suffixed with the outbound course. An intercept course can be created outbound from a
waypoint in the navigation database or from present position. The waypoint does not have to be in the route. Entering a waypoint
and course pair in the active waypoint line displays the INTC CRS FROM prompt. The FMC calculates a route leg with the
waypoint as the origin of the entered course.

On LEGS Page in scratchpad write OLM140 and then select L1 key, thereby select INTC CRS FROM prompt on R6, confirm
on ND. Activate and execute. Arm LNAV , follow ND to keep track. Lnav engaged

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Airway intercept OM 11.42 "Turn right heading 180. Intercept V112 to PDT, as filed"

Verify on ND that Heading Bug is always aligned with current Heading even though airplane is flying in LNAV mode.
On MCP Heading select it to make it active, set 180. FMA | SPD | HDG SEL | VNAV PTH | CALLOUT “HDG SEL”

LNAV can be used to intercept an airway. An airway intercept changes the active waypoint on the RTE and LEGS pages.
Enter the airway (V112) in the first VIA position on the RTE page. Boxes display in the TO position. Enter desired airway exit
point (PDT) in the boxes. A route discontinuity follows on the next line.

On LEGS page select PITER then INTERCEPT TO >, change CRS as required. Verify on ND, Activate & Execute the same. Lnav
engaged

Cruise climb OM 11.31, 11.42 "Climb and maintain FL 210"

Setting an altitude FL 210 above the current cruise altitude in the MCP altitude window and pushing the altitude selector causes
the cruise altitude to be set to the MCP altitude and the airplane to climb to the new cruise altitude, verify it also changes cruise
altitude on VNAV Page. The reference thrust limit is CLB and the pitch flight mode annunciation is VNAV SPD.
Another method to accomplish a cruise climb: set a higher MCP altitude, enter the altitude in the CRZ ALT line, and execute.
1 During Cruise Climb VNAV page title displays CRZ CLB in a climb to cruise altitude.
2 End of Cruise Climb VNAV page title displays ECON CRZ after level off at cruise altitude .

FMA | THR REF | LNAV | VNAV SPD |

Speed changes OM 11.31 "Reduce speed to 290 knots for spacing…. Resume normal speed"

On VNAV Cruise Page set 290 Kts on L2

Once cleared to resume normal speed.
On VNAV Cruise Page select <ECON on L5

Cruise descent OM 11.31, 11.42 "Descend and maintain FL 190"

Setting an altitude below the current cruise altitude in the MCP altitude window FL190 and pushing the altitude selector (more
than 50 NM from a T/D) causes the cruise altitude to be set to the MCP altitude and the airplane to descend to the new cruise
altitude. The CRZ page displays ACT ECON CRZ DES. If the altitude set in the altitude window is below the speed transition
(SPD TRANS) or restriction (SPD RESTR) altitude displayed on the DES page, those altitudes and speeds are deleted. Transition
or speed restrictions must be maintained by flight crew action.

Place Bearing/Place Bearing waypoint OM 11.31

"At BTG, fly outbound on the BTG 100 degree radial, to intercept the LTJ 230 degree radial inbound, then flight plan route"

LEGS Pg
Waypoints entered as a place bearing/distance or place bearing/place bearing are identified by the first three characters of the entry
followed by a two–digit sequence number. Examples:
• SEA330/10 becomes SEA01
• SEA330/OLM020 becomes SEA02

On LEGS Page, Enter BTG100/LTJ230 on scratchpad and then select key where you want to keep this waypoint. Verify and
execute.

Place Bearing waypoint "Cleared direct to the LTJ 100 degree radial, 25 DME fix, then direct OGPAY on course"

On LEGS Page, Enter LTJ100/25 on scratchpad and then as required on LEGS Page. Verify and Execute.

Holding OM 11.43 "Hold at OGPAY on course. Expect further clearance at ____"

Hold Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
The hold page is used to enter a holding pattern in the route. When the flight plan does not contain a holding pattern, selecting the
HOLD function key displays the RTE X LEGS page with the HOLD AT line. Two versions of the hold page are possible:
• an airway or procedure holding pattern
• a flight crew–entered holding pattern
The holding page displays actual or default data about the holding pattern.

If the page shows existing hold then select NEXT HOLD on L5, select OGPAY, enter EFC (Expected Further Clearance) time
verify course, turns and on ND, Execute.

Arrival procedure OM NP.21, FCTM Ch 4 Modify the route for the arrival and approach
"Grant county approach radar is out of service. Expect the ILS Rwy 32R approach via the RUBEL transition"

Do it in Descent procedure

"Moderate rime icing reported below 10,000 feet" OM 11.43TAI/ON at 10,000 – DESCENT FORECAST page

On VNAV Pg (DES) select FORECAST> on R6 and enter altitude (10,000) at which ANTI ICE to be used on R1 key.
The descent forecast page is used to enter wind data for descent, and the altitude at which anti–ice use is anticipated for more
accurate descent path calculation. The primary entries are wind direction and speed for up to four descent altitudes,
and the altitude that anti–ice is turned on

Change routing OM 11.42 "Cleared to exit holding after OGPAY, direct to RUBEL"

When cleared to exit hold, on HOLD page (Existing) select EXIT HOLD> on R6 key.

Descent Procedure – 5T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.77 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.77 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS 1367' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS 1367' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select ILS Runway 32R as per clearances
(RUBEL Transition)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page
with those on profile view Arrival chart
PELLY 2748'
set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and L/R turns of
HOLD
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select Runway as per clearances
(RUBEL Transition)

Verify/modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on

legs page with those on profile view Arrival chart
PELLY 2748'
set up ND in PLAN mode.
Select range in such a way that two way-points are
visible all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the
way-points on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Select HOLD on CDU
verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and L/R
turns of HOLD
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute

Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto

tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Appch Briefing – CTOWF Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
20 N.M before Top of Descent take descent clearance.
Tune Grant County Appch 126.4

“Grant County Appch- AI 87 H , 100n.m Inbound for R/W

32R request Descent Clearance.”
Grant County Appch - “AI 87 H Descent approved”
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

"Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 8000 feet" Descend on VNAV path

For Descent put 8000' on MCP window since aircraft is being flown by A/P it will start descending at T/D. To begin descent
immediately use DES NOW> or if Distance less than 50N.M to T/D press MCP Altitude selector.

Transition Level 5T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 5T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

"Descend and maintain 4000 feet. Cross RUBEL at 4000 feet. Cleared for the ILS Rwy 32R approach, via the RUBEL
transition" OM 11.42; FCTM Ch 5

On MCP Altitude window set 4000' and press. Also on LEGS page set Altitude Constraint of 4000' against RUBEL

Approach Procedure 5T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4
Verify VSD on
“Updated APPCH briefing”

“Appch Checklist” Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”
Tune GRANT COUNTY TWR 118.25

Before Landing Procedure 5T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Flaps 5, Speed 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”

Arm APP mode Push APP verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “Localizer Captured”
“Grant County TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”

Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”
Hdg.
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”

“Grant County TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 32R”
“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
Grant County Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
“Minimums”
“Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Landing Roll Procedure 5T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“Grant County TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
Grant County TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on 121.9”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Readback
Tune to 121.9

After Landing Procedure 5T

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 5T

Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS
If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES”
PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set
L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release

“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.

Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Secure Procedure 5T
Captain First Officer
“SECURE PROCEDURE”
IRS selectors .......................................................... OFF
Battery Switch ....................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch .................... OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch ................................. OFF
L & R PACK switches ................................................ OFF
EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF
HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow

“SECURE CHECKLIST.” Do the SECURE checklist.

IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 "Checked" Off
Emergency lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
“SECURE CHECKLIST Completed.”

Coming out of seat

APU Selector OFF

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 6T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 6T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 6T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 6T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 6T
Engine Start Procedure 6T
Before Taxi Procedure 6T
Before Takeoff Procedure 6T
HUD Takeoff 6T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)
CLIMB 6T
10,000 Feet Procedures 6T
Transition Altitude 6T
20,000 feet Procedure 6T
CRUISE 6T
Descent Procedure – 6T
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 6T
Transition Level 6T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 6T
Approach Procedure 6T
Landing Procedure 6T
Go–Around and Missed Approach Procedure
Re-Approach Procedure 6T
2nd Landing Procedure 6T
Landing Roll Procedure 6T
After Landing Procedure 6T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 6T
Secure Procedure 6T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 6T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Procedure Uplink Route from Dispatch OM 11.34, 11.40
Uplink enroute wind data from Dispatch OM 11.42
Enter waypoint altitude constraints per ATC departure clearance OM 11.31; 11.40

Select a REQUEST prompt to start the downlink request for data. REQUEST prompts (as configured by the airline) may be
displayed on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2, DESCENT FORECAST, RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST or RTE DATA pages.

ROUTE REQUEST
Line title displays DATA LINK when the datalink status is NO COMM, VOICE, or FAIL.
Select – transmits a datalink request for a flight plan route uplink.
Flight crew can operationally fill in origin, destination, runway, flight number, company route name, or route definition to qualify
request.
WIND DATA REQUEST
Select – transmits a datalink request for wind and descent forecast data. Flight crew may enter up to four altitudes on any wind
page to qualify the request.

Data can be uplinked from the airline dispatcher directly to the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2 and 2/2, DESCENT FORECAST,
RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST, and WIND pages. The uplinks are annunciated to the crew by the •FMC EICAS communications alert
and a hi–lo chime. The uplink is identified by a CDU help window message and by the presence of an UPLINK label over the
applicable COMM page prompt.

FMC Datalink Uplinks (Load/Exec–Erase) : LOAD displays on the RTE and WIND pages after receipt of uplink data. After the
uplinked data is loaded, the EXEC light illuminates and the ERASE prompt displays.
Select LOAD prompt:
• loads uplinked data into FMC
• loaded data can be viewed
• clears CDU help window message
• replaces existing data with modified uplinked data
• changes page title to MOD
• shows ERASE prompt
• illuminates EXEC light
Select the EXEC key to:
• put modified data in active flight plan
• change page format to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select ERASE prompt to:
• remove modified data
• return page display to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink reject message (if enabled)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 6T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors. Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for
correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.
Captain First Officer
Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.

Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS line, if
needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1 or CDU RTE Page 2
Select <Request
Requesting, Request Sent
Select <Load or Purge>
Select Exec or <Erase

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 34R under HUD TAKEOFF.
Select SID KMORE __
Select BLUIT Transition
(the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

CDU RTE 1 Legs Page :

Select RTE DATA> on R6 key
on RTE 1 Data Page
Select Request> on R6 Key
Select Load> on R6 Key
Select Exec or <Erase
Enter waypoint Altitude constraint on legs page

Progress Page : 1 total approximate Distance

Prog Pg : 4 / Pos Ref Pg : 2 ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: Tune the navigation radios as needed. No

manual frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag: Power On EFB

Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 6T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

Release
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.

Normal/100% selector – “100%”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.

Electronic Flight Bag:

Power On EFB
Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” correct documents are loaded.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
ND mode select switch – “Push” PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5” AUX Panel :
Displays airport map Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid Primary Flight Display (PFD)
flight crew positional awareness only.
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
ND WXR switch – “Off” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ND TFC Switch “ON” AFDS FLT DIR
ND TERR switch – “Off” Roll Bar Centered
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
Display select panel No V Speed Flag

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications QNH set
no exceedance shown on EICAS.
Mini Map
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Ground Speed Zero
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” Runway Depicted Correctly
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” TCAS OFF Flag
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” Both ADF Displayed
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed”
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Range as selected
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Track Magnetic
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Runway Depicted Correctly
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. TCAS OFF Flag
Press RED CLIP on side Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
MFD...........................................................................Check
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – INFO display switch “Push”
Release Selected Airport Database Current
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Select the status display.
Status messages – Check
Normal/100% selector – “100%” CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display RESETS – “Select”
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Airline database “Select inactive”
Airline database “Select current”
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
RESET ALL – “Select”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness Initial Data ....................................................................Set
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” that the ENG RATING is correct.
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.
Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
AUX Panel : line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Navigation Data............................................................Set
Primary Flight Display (PFD) CDU RTE page: 1 or CDU RTE Page 2
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA Select <Request
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Requesting, Request Sent
AFDS FLT DIR Select <Load or Purge>
Roll Bar Centered Select Exec or <Erase

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag CDU DEPARTURES page:
QNH set Select the runway 34R under HUD TAKEOFF.
Select SID KMORE __
Mini Map Select BLUIT Transition
Ground Speed Zero ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass Execute
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Runway Depicted Correctly CDU RTE 1 Legs Page :
TCAS OFF Flag Select RTE DATA> on R6 key
Both ADF Displayed on RTE 1 Data Page
Select Request> on R6 Key
Navigation Display (ND) Select Load> on R6 Key
Ground Speed Zero Select Exec or <Erase
Range as selected Enter waypoint Altitude constraint on legs page
Track Magnetic
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Progress Page : 1
Runway Depicted Correctly total approximate Distance
TCAS OFF Flag Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed ANP/RNP as per route.

Integrated standby flight display approach mode display NAV RADIO page:
“blank” Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications frequencies should be there.
are correct. No flags or messages are shown.
Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
Reverse thrust levers “Down” FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
Forward thrust levers “Closed”
Flap lever Set ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set Engine fire switches – “IN”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
Parking brake “Set” TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights Flight deck printer .
“extinguished” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
printer power “ON”
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off”
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
VHF - Set, HF – Set
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” GPWS
VHF - Set, HF – Set WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
GPWS GAIN and MODE – As needed
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
GAIN and MODE – As needed
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
First officer’s audio control panel FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”

HUD combiner “Down” Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust” brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.

Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” HUD combiner “Down”

HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'. Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 Heavy cleared to Salt Lake City Intl airport. KMORE __ departure, BLUIT transition, then as filed.
Cross CENEX AT 6000, KMORE AT OR ABOVE 10000. Seattle departure control 120.4, squawk 4316.”
Write Down
Read back
on Legs Page , set altitude constraint
CENEX 6000'
KMORE 10000'A
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 129,300 Kg ZFW. 129,300 Kg
Fuel 20,400 Kg Fuel 20,400 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt FL250 CRZ Alt FL250
Cost Index 120 Cost Index 120
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 149,700 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 149,700 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 13º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 13º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 25% CG 25%
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=131, Vr=133, V2=142 (Approx) V1=131, Vr=133, V2=142 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=131, Vr=133, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=131, Vr=133, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction (For Flaps1) 1 THR Reduction (For Flaps1) 1

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 142 Kts
• Arm VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 341º
• Initial altitude – 6000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – 122.27
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10, APU
Inoperative, request Start Up on Bay and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up on bay and push back approved, push back facing S/W to spot 88.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 6T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to automatic, x-check & confirm”
If pushback is needed: Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out.
Unwanted tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU
is running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of
load shedding.)
Trim ....................................................................... Set
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” BEACON light switch “ON”
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. Transponder Selector XPDR
Rudder trim – “0 units” ENG switch Push
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 142, HDG/TRK341, ALTITUDE 6000 V2 141, HDG/TRK341, ALTITUDE 6000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1 131, VR 133, V2 142 V1 131, VR 133, V2 142
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Engine Start Procedure 6T
Captain First Officer
“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing S/W to spot 88, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)

“[ ] ENG AUTOSTART L”
During ground starts, the autostart system monitors engine
parameters and aborts the start for any of the following:
• loss of both starters • no N1 rotation
• no oil pressure rise
FUEL CONTROL switch (L) . . . . . Confirm . . . . . . . . CUTOFF
START selector (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM
There is a limit of 3 start attempts per start sequence while on the
ground.
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
(Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)

Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Taxi Procedure 6T
Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ Auto

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check

“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.

Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Seattle Ground 121.7

“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot 88 ready for
runway 34R, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “LNAV, VNAV DEP, Initial HDG ___,
Initial ALT 6000', T/O thrust, N1 __%, Assumed temp 46º
C, Runway 34R, Flaps 5, Stab Trim _, Rudder Trim 0,
Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 6T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

HUD Takeoff 6T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)

Ground Deviation - HUD Takeoff
During a HUD takeoff, ground deviation indications include the ground rollreference symbol, flight director guidance cue, and
ILS/GLS localizer deviation pointer. This guidance is available when HUD takeoff guidance has been selected on the FMC. (Refer
to Departures Page in Chapter 11, Section 40, for additional information.) These indications become active when the heading of
the airplane is within 45° of the runway heading and the plane is within 2º of the center of the ILS localizer beam or 75 feet of the
GLS localizer centerline. If the airplane then
deviates more than seven meters (23 feet) right or left from the runway centerline, a flashing triangle appears, pointing in the
direction of the runway centerline, to assist in correcting for the deviation. (Refer to HUD Takeoff in Chapter 4, Section 20, for
additional information.)

TO/GA Reference Line

In TO/GA mode, flight director vertical guidance is depicted as a horizontal dashed line (pitch target) across the HUD pitch scale.
To comply with this guidance, place the airplane reference symbol on the TO/GA reference line. During takeoff roll, this line
becomes visible when groundspeed is greater than 65 knots and is initially fixed at the top of the display. The reference line is
available any time TO/GA mode is selected in flight. A flight director pitch up command is displayed when the TO/GA reference
line is positioned above the airplane reference symbol. A pitch down command is displayed when the TO/GA reference line is
positioned below the airplane reference symbol. Once in flight, the spacing between the TO/GA reference line and the airplane
reference symbol is equal to the spacing between the flight path vector symbol and the guidance cue.

Flight Path Vector Symbol with Guidance Cue

The flight path vector symbol is derived from the inertial sources, and provides an indication of where the airplane is going. The
flight path angle is indicated by the position of the center of the flight path circle relative to the pitch scale. The flight path vector
symbol’s “gull wing” wing roots are angled downward 30º to the horizontal. In a 30º bank angle, the upward wing’s wing root is
parallel with the HUD horizon and pitch scale lines. The flight path vector symbol is only displayed in flight, and has display
priority over all other symbols except the guidance cue. If any portion of another symbol (excluding guidance cue) is positioned
inside the circle of the flight path vector symbol, that portion of the other symbol is not displayed.

The flight path vector symbol appearance can be limited laterally by other symbology such as speed and altitude tapes, or the
display field-of-view. When this occurs, the FPV symbol has a dashed outline instead of a solid outline and can not indicate the
airplane’s current drift angle.
The guidance cue (small circle) is associated with the flight path vector symbol. This cue represents flight director guidance, and
is displayed when the flight directors are turned on. To follow flight director guidance, position the circular body of the flight path
vector symbol around the guidance cue. The guidance cue appears at 50 feet RA on takeoff. If a HUD takeoff is selected, the
guidance cue appears at the same time as the flight path vector. During a windshear alert condition, the guidance cue will change
from hollow to solid (filled). (Refer to Alerts Displayed on the HUD in Chapter 15, Section 10, for additional information.)

Angle-of-Attack Limit Symbol

The airplane's angle-of-attack (AOA) limit is depicted on the HUD by the angle-of-attack limit symbol. The distance between the
AOA limit symbol and the flight path vector symbol represents the margin available before stick shaker occurs. When the AOA
limit symbol is positioned on the flight path vector symbol (boxed ends set on the flight path vector symbol wings), the airplane is
at the stick shaker angle of attack.
The PFD contains a similar symbol called the pitch limit indicator (PLI). However, on the PFD, the PLI is displayed relative to the
airplane reference symbol, not to the flight path vector.
The AOA limit symbol is displayed during any of the following:
• angle of attack is within 5º of stick shaker, or
• stick shaker is active, or

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • windshear alerting with (solid) guidance cue displayed

Slip/Skid Indicators
The Slip/Skid symbology consists of two symbols:
• roll scale slip/skid indicator is referenced to and rotated with the roll scale pointer (or referenced to the UA roll scale
pointer, whichever is displayed).
• flight path slip/skid indicator referenced to the flight path vector symbol
The flight path slip/skid indicator is only displayed during a takeoff, or a low-altitude go-around, providing additional yaw
reference in the case of an engine failure. At low altitude, the sensitivity of the slip/skid indicators is enhanced to provide
additional awareness.

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 34R at _, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at __
for runway 34R. Over.”
Set MCP for a low-altitude level-off OM 11.41 "Maintain 2500 for traffic. Cleared for takeoff"
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 34R, Maintain 2500 for traffic. Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Read Back
Set 2500' on MCP Altitude window
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12 Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
pitch up, follow TOGA ref line on HUD.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50' “LNAV”
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' “|THR REF|LNAV|VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 "Flaps 5"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
(Also verify CLB Thrust Set Thr Reducation was Flaps 1)
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”

Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”

“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CLIMB 6T
Low-altitude level-off OM 11.41

As 2500' is already set on MCP Altitude window, aircraft will level off at 2500'. Call out FMA Mode change I.e

FROM | THR REF | LNAV | VNAV SPD | TO | SPD | LNAV | VNAV ALT |

Delete waypoint altitude constraint OM 11.31, 11.41 "Climb and maintain Fl 250. Cancel the crossing restriction at CENEX"

On MCP ALTITUDE Selector enter FL250

With every single push of MCP ALTITUDE Selector a single waypoint altitude constraint is deleted.
Since we have been cleared to Climb and Maintain FL250, it states we can delete all altitude constrains between our current
altitude and Altitude set on MCP window. We must select CLB DIR> on CLB page.

10,000 Feet Procedures 6T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Altitude-based speed constraint. OM 11.41 "Maintain 270 knots until 17,000"

Speed Restriction (SPD RESTR)

Speed restrictions for an altitude less than the cruise altitude are manually entered on VNAV CLB Page. Dashes before entry by
flight crew. Valid entry is a CAS and altitude. In this case 270/17000.

Tune CTR Freq 120.3 on TCP

Transition Altitude 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
20,000 feet Procedure 6T
Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS caution message,
“AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches
to OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

Place Bearing Distance waypoint OM 11.31 "After BLUIT, direct EPH 210/15, direct HAMUR, flight plan route"

On RTE Legs Page

Enter EPH210/15 on scratchpad and select line select key on left after BLUIT, this creates ROUTE DISCONTINUITY. Now
select HAMUR from following pages/line select key, copy it in scratchpad and select line select key after EPH210/15. Verify on
ND. Activate and Execute.

“[ ] ELEC GEN OFF L2” QRH NNC.6

As per area of responsibility it is to be carried out by Pilot Monitoring as its on Overhead Panel.

GEN CTRL switch L2 . . . . . Off, wait 2 seconds, then ON

ELEC GEN OFF message blanks:
■■■■
ELEC GEN OFF message stays shown:
APU selector
(if APU available). . . . . . START, then ON

CRUISE 6T
Cruise climb OM 11.31, 11.42 "Climb and maintain FL 290"

On MCP enter FL290 on Altitude Selector window and push Altitude Selector, this sets new cruise Altitude by deleting existing
constraint. Verify the new CRZ ALT on VNAV Page. The reference thrust limit is CLB and the pitch flight mode annunciation is
VNAV SPD.
Also, a new cruise altitude can be manually entered from the CDU at any time. The modified cruise altitude displays in shaded
white until executed

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“[ ] ELEC GEN DRIVE L2” QRH NNC.6
Condition: A generator drive fault occurs.
Action is irreversible.
1 ! DRIVE DISC switch L2. . . Confirm . . . . . . . Push and hold
for 1 second
2 APU selector (if APU available) . . START, then ON
3 Do not accomplish the following checklist:
ELEC GEN OFF
■■■■

As per area of responsibility it is to be carried out by Pilot Monitoring as its on Overhead Panel.

Speed changes OM 11.31 "Reduce speed to 280 knots for spacing…. Resume normal speed"

On VNAV CRZ page, enter 280 on L2 key at ECON SPD (heading changes to SEL SPD)

To resume Normal Speed, select <ECON at L5 key on VNAV CRZ Page.

Diversion to KPDX OM 11.40, 11.43 Company requests diversion to KPDX – Company datalink message
"Cleared to KPDX, after HAMUR, J12 to intercept J3, to intercept J16 to BTG"

Select ALTN on CDU / FMC COMM / RTE Pg 1

List of 4 nearest ALTN destinations are mentioned or you can select <REQUEST under ALTN on L5 key.

[ Select COMM on MFD, Select COMPANY, Select DIVERSION (If you are requesting company for diversion.)
If an UPLINK has been received then select ACCEPT or REJECT as per your decision. ]

By default nearest ALTN airport is selected automatically, each alternate airport data can be accessed by selecting corresponding
right key. Select KPDX

Thereby giving option to divert DIRECT TO / OFFSET / OVERHEAD.

VIA OVERHEAD
Select –
• with scratchpad empty, selects OVERHEAD option
• with overhead data (HAMUR) in scratchpad, enters overhead data. Does not select overhead route option
Displays active waypoint in flight plan.
The waypoints up to the selected or entered overhead waypoint are retained, then routing is direct to the alternate airport. All
waypoints after overhead waypoint are deleted.
Enter any waypoint in the active or modified route
Since the clearance contains airways not part of route, we have to modify the route

On RTE Page, do the following modifications

Via To
J12 HAMUR

J12 XJ3
XJ3 & XJ16 are automatically FMC generated
J3 XJ16 Intercepting airway waypoints

J16 BTG
Verify the same on ND, activate and execute.

Route offset OM 11.42 "For weather, suggest you offset 15 miles right of your route"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
On RTE Page enter 15R on scratchpad and select R6 key under offset.
Select route offsets on the RTE page 1. The OFFSET prompt displays when the airplane is in flight and not on a SID, STAR, or
transition. The offset displays as a white dashed line on the ND until the offset modification is executed or erased. After execution,
the offset route displays as a dashed magenta line. The original route continues to display as a solid magenta line.

“[ ] FIRE APU” QRH NNC.8

Condition: Fire is detected in the APU.
1 APU fire switch . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm . . . . . . Pull, rotate
to the stop and hold for 1 second
2 Choose one:
FIRE APU message stays shown:
Plan to land at the nearest suitable airport.
►►Go to step 3
FIRE APU message blanks:
►►Go to step 3
3 Do not accomplish the following checklist:
APU SHUTDOWN
■■■■
Cruise descent OM 11.31, 11.42 "Cleared direct YKM. Descend and maintain FL230"

On RTE Legs Page enter YKM on scratchpad and make it active waypoint by selecting L1 key. Verify on ND, Activate & Execute.
On MCP Altitude selector enter FL230 and push Altitude selector. Verify the same on VNAV CRZ Page.

Obtain KPDX digital ATIS OM 5.40

Select COMM on MFD, then Select FLIGHT INFORMATION, then Select ATIS REQUEST and fill the form as required & send.

Modify route for arrival "After YKM, direct NACIY. Expect the ILS Rwy 28R approach. Approach radar is out of service"

On RTE LEGS Page, enter NACIY on scratchpad and Select LEFT line select key after YKM. (There will be a Route
Discontinuity.)
On DEPP/ARR Page select ARR for KPDX and select ILS RWY 28 R, remove the route discontinuity as radar is out of service.

Smoke, Fire or Fumes QRH NNC. 8

Smoke, Fire or Fumes (Ref QRH 8.7 )

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Descent Procedure – 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS _____' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KPDX ARR
Select ILS Rwy 28R
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KPDX ARR
Select ILS Rwy 28R
Select transition as per clearances

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute

Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto

tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Appch Briefing – CTOWF Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
20 N.M before Top of Descent take descent clearance.
Tune Grant County Appch 126.4

“Portland International- AI 87 H , 100n.m Inbound for

R/W 28R request Descent Clearance.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 KPDX Appch - “AI 87 H Descent approved”

VNAV path descent OM 11.31; 11.43 FCTM Ch 4 "Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 8000 feet"

If less than 50N.M to T/D then enter 8000' on MCP ALTITUDE SELECTOR & select it or if more than 50N.M to T/D then use
DES NOW> on VNAV DES Page. These methods keep it in VNAV path descent.

Smoke or Fumes Removal QRH NNC.8

Smoke or Fumes Removal (Ref QRH 8.32)

Along-track waypoint OM 11.31 " Descend and maintain 4000." "Report 20 miles before NACIY"

On MCP ALTITUDE Selector enter 4000' (and may require a push on Altitude selector ?)
On Legs page enter NACIY/-20 on scratchpad and select NACIY Left line select key. This will create a a new along track
waypoint 20 N.M before NACIY. Verify on ND. Activate and Execute.
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 6T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Level 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

“Cross NACIY outbound at 4000. Cleared for the ILS Rwy 28R approach. Report procedure hold inbound"

Approach Procedure 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
On Legs Page enter Altitude constraint of 4000' against
NACIY, verify execute.

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

On MCP ALTITUDE Selector keep 4000' till NACIY thereafter as per approach chart I.e (3700')/ since we have kept a constraint
of 4000' on NACIY we can keep 3700 in mCP altitude selector.

HUD-monitored ILS OM 10.12.11; 10.22

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“KPDX TWR – AI 87 Procedure Hold Inbound ILS 28R”

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”

Arm APP mode Push APP

verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway
Hdg. “KPDX TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 28R”

verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“KPDX TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 28R”
KPDX Twr : “Go - Around”

"In the event of a missed approach, fly runway heading, maintain 3000 feet"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Go–Around and Missed Approach Procedure
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
At the same time:
• Push the TO/GA switch
• Call “FLAPS 20”
Position the flap lever to 20.
Verify:
• The rotation to go–around attitude
• That the thrust increases
Verify that the thrust is sufficient for the go-around or adjust as
needed.
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call
“POSITIVE RATE.”
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call “GEAR
UP.”
Set the landing gear lever to UP.
Above 400 feet radio altitude, verify or select a roll mode. Verify that the missed approach altitude 3000' is set.
Verify that the missed approach route is tracked.
At acceleration height, set speed to the maneuver speed for the
planned flap setting.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap retraction schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
After flaps are set to the planned flap setting and at or above the
flap maneuvering speed, select FLCH or VNAV as needed.
Verify that climb thrust is set.
Verify that the missed approach altitude is captured.
Call “AFTER TAKEOFF Do the AFTER TAKEOFF checklist.
CHECKLIST.”
AFTER TAKEOFF checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
“AFTER TAKEOFF checklist Completed”

Radar vectors to ILS Rwy 28R OM 11.43

Display an extended approach course using the ARRIVALS page/selected transition/FAF INTC> method

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Re-Approach Procedure 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KPDX Appch : “AI 87 H, Approach radar is back in service, radar vectors for the ILS runway 28R approach.”
Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance)

Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF on top as active way point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

HUD-monitored ILS OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Perform Autoland

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
2nd Landing Procedure 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway
Hdg. “KPDX TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 28R”

verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“KPDX TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 28R”
KPDX Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Roll Procedure 6T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“KPDX TWR – AI 87 H, runway 28R vacated”
KPDX TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on ___”
Readback
Tune to _____

After Landing Procedure 6T

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 6T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS
If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES”
PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF FUEL
PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release

“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.

Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Secure Procedure 6T
Captain First Officer
“SECURE PROCEDURE”
IRS selectors .......................................................... OFF
Battery Switch ....................................................... OFF
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch .................... OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch ................................. OFF
L & R PACK switches ................................................ OFF
EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF EFB PWR switch...................................................... OFF
HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow HUD combiner ....................................................... Stow

“SECURE CHECKLIST.” Do the SECURE checklist.

IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Emergency lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
“SECURE CHECKLIST Completed.”

Coming out of seat

APU Selector OFF

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 7T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 7T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 7T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 7T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 7T
Engine Start Procedure 7T
Before Taxi Procedure 7T
Before Takeoff Procedure 7T
HUD Takeoff 7T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)
CLIMB 7T
10,000 Feet Procedures 7T
Transition Altitude 7T
20,000 feet Procedure 7T
CRUISE 7T
Descent Procedure – 7T
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 7T
Transition Level 7T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 7T
Approach Procedure 7T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 7T
Go-Around and Missed Approach - One Engine Inoperative 7T
Re-Approach Procedure 7T
2nd Landing Procedure 7T
Landing Roll Procedure 7T
After Landing Procedure 7T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 7T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 7T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 7T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors. Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for
correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.

Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KGEG”
Enter Destination “KSEA”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

GEG, J153 CHASS, J16 BTG, OLM, CIDUG
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 03.
Select (No Departure)
Select Transition (Nil)
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1 total approximate Distance

Prog Pg : 4 / Pos Ref Pg : 2 ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: Tune the navigation radios as needed.

No manual frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag: Power On EFB

Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 7T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” Release
METERS switch – “As needed” yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” Normal/100% selector – “100%”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
ND mode select switch – “Push” that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” Electronic Flight Bag:
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” Power On EFB
ND range selector – “0.5” Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
Displays airport map databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only. correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
ND TERR switch – “Off” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
Display select panel AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
no exceedance shown on EICAS.
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”
AUX Panel :
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Primary Flight Display (PFD)
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” AFDS FLT DIR
Roll Bar Centered
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi No V Speed Flag

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Request First Officer to remove Head Set QNH set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Mini Map
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Ground Speed Zero
Press RED CLIP on side Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Runway Depicted Correctly
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the TCAS OFF Flag
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. Both ADF Displayed
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
Navigation Display (ND)
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – Ground Speed Zero
Release Range as selected
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Track Magnetic
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Normal/100% selector – “100%” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Runway Depicted Correctly
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set
Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position” ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” MFD...........................................................................Check
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” INFO display switch “Push”
Selected Airport Database Current
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. Select the status display.
Status messages – Check
AUX Panel : CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, RESETS – “Select”
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Airline database “Select inactive”
Primary Flight Display (PFD) Airline database “Select current”
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window RESET ALL – “Select”
AFDS FLT DIR
Roll Bar Centered Navigation Data............................................................Set
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up CDU RTE page: 1
No V Speed Flag Enter Origin “KGEG”
QNH set Enter Destination “KSEA”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”
Mini Map
Ground Speed Zero CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass GEG, J153 CHASS, J16 BTG, OLM, CIDUG
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
Runway Depicted Correctly White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
TCAS OFF Flag ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Both ADF Displayed
CDU DEPARTURES page:
Navigation Display (ND) Select the runway 03.
Ground Speed Zero Select SID (No Departure)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Range as selected Select Transition (Nil)
Track Magnetic ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass Execute
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Runway Depicted Correctly Progress Page : 1
TCAS OFF Flag total approximate Distance
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display
“blank” NAV RADIO page:
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. frequencies should be there.

SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Reverse thrust levers “Down” Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
Flap lever Set
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. Engine fire switches – “IN”
LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
Parking brake “Set” G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights
“extinguished” Flight deck printer .
FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” printer power “ON”
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF”
Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” VHF - Set, HF – Set
VHF - Set, HF – Set GPWS
GPWS WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) GAIN and MODE – As needed
GAIN and MODE – As needed TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
First officer’s audio control panel
First officer’s audio control panel 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
HUD combiner “Down”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.”
HUD combiner “Down”
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Spokane Clearance 127.55 on Right TCP & Contact

“Spokane Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate __ ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “AI 87 Heavy cleared to Seattle-Tacoma Intl. airport via radar vectors to intercept J153, as filed. Maintain
6,000’, expect FL 290 ten minutes after departure. Spokane departure control 123.75, squawk 4316.”
Write Down
Set 6000' on MCP ALTITUDE Selector Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 132,500 Kg ZFW. 132,500 Kg
Fuel 28,100 Kg Fuel 28,100 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt FL290 CRZ Alt FL290
Cost Index 80 Cost Index 80
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 160,600 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 160,600 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 26º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 26º OAT is displayed.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 28% CG 28%

Also on OPT Also on OPT

Select MEL on right side, Select MEL on right side,
Select MEL CHAPTER LIST Select MEL CHAPTER LIST
Select 32 LANDING GEAR Select 32 LANDING GEAR
Select 45-01 WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEMS Select 45-01 WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEMS
Enter no of brakes Inoperative 2, Select COMPLETE Enter no of brakes Inoperative 2, Select COMPLETE
(Verify Amber bar shows under MEL indicating it has (Verify Amber bar shows under MEL indicating it has
been considered for performance calculations) been considered for performance calculations)

Select NOTAMS on Left side, Select NOTAMS on Left side,

Enter Details as per NOTAM, Enter Details as per NOTAM,
Select Complete after entering details Select Complete after entering details
(Verify Amber bar shows under NOTAMS indicating it (Verify Amber bar shows under NOTAMS indicating it
has been considered for performance calculations) has been considered for performance calculations)

Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 (Approx) V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 143 Kts
• Arm VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 030º
• Initial altitude – 6000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Spokane Ramp – ____
“Spokane Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate ___,request Start
Up and Push Back.”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing ___ to ___.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 7T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to automatic, cross check and confirm”
If pushback is needed: Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out.
Unwanted tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON

Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU
is running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of
load shedding.)
Trim ....................................................................... Set
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” BEACON light switch “ON”
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. Transponder Selector XPDR
Rudder trim – “0 units” ENG switch Push
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 143, HDG/TRK030, ALTITUDE 6000 V2 143, HDG/TRK030, ALTITUDE 6000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Engine Start Procedure 7T

Captain First Officer

“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing __ to spot __, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started
(Once RUNNING is gone)
Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Taxi Procedure 7T
Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ Auto

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check

“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.

Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Spokane Ground 121.9

“Spokane Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot ___ ready for
runway 03, request Instructions. Over.”
Spokane Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot ___ via taxiway ___.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “Basic Flight Mode DEP, Radar Vectored,
Initial HDG ___, Initial ALT 6000', T/O thrust, N1 __%,
Assumed temp 46º C, Runway 030, Flaps 5, Stab Trim _,
Rudder Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 7T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

HUD Takeoff 7T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)

Ground Deviation - HUD Takeoff
During a HUD takeoff, ground deviation indications include the ground rollreference symbol, flight director guidance cue, and
ILS/GLS localizer deviation pointer. This guidance is available when HUD takeoff guidance has been selected on the FMC. (Refer
to Departures Page in Chapter 11, Section 40, for additional information.) These indications become active when the heading of
the airplane is within 45° of the runway heading and the plane is within 2º of the center of the ILS localizer beam or 75 feet of the
GLS localizer centerline. If the airplane then
deviates more than seven meters (23 feet) right or left from the runway centerline, a flashing triangle appears, pointing in the
direction of the runway centerline, to assist in correcting for the deviation. (Refer to HUD Takeoff in Chapter 4, Section 20, for
additional information.)

TO/GA Reference Line

In TO/GA mode, flight director vertical guidance is depicted as a horizontal dashed line (pitch target) across the HUD pitch scale.
To comply with this guidance, place the airplane reference symbol on the TO/GA reference line. During takeoff roll, this line
becomes visible when groundspeed is greater than 65 knots and is initially fixed at the top of the display. The reference line is
available any time TO/GA mode is selected in flight. A flight director pitch up command is displayed when the TO/GA reference
line is positioned above the airplane reference symbol. A pitch down command is displayed when the TO/GA reference line is
positioned below the airplane reference symbol. Once in flight, the spacing between the TO/GA reference line and the airplane
reference symbol is equal to the spacing between the flight path vector symbol and the guidance cue.

Flight Path Vector Symbol with Guidance Cue

The flight path vector symbol is derived from the inertial sources, and provides an indication of where the airplane is going. The
flight path angle is indicated by the position of the center of the flight path circle relative to the pitch scale. The flight path vector
symbol’s “gull wing” wing roots are angled downward 30º to the horizontal. In a 30º bank angle, the upward wing’s wing root is
parallel with the HUD horizon and pitch scale lines. The flight path vector symbol is only displayed in flight, and has display
priority over all other symbols except the guidance cue. If any portion of another symbol (excluding guidance cue) is positioned
inside the circle of the flight path vector symbol, that portion of the other symbol is not displayed.

The flight path vector symbol appearance can be limited laterally by other symbology such as speed and altitude tapes, or the
display field-of-view. When this occurs, the FPV symbol has a dashed outline instead of a solid outline and can not indicate the
airplane’s current drift angle.
The guidance cue (small circle) is associated with the flight path vector symbol. This cue represents flight director guidance, and
is displayed when the flight directors are turned on. To follow flight director guidance, position the circular body of the flight path
vector symbol around the guidance cue. The guidance cue appears at 50 feet RA on takeoff. If a HUD takeoff is selected, the
guidance cue appears at the same time as the flight path vector. During a windshear alert condition, the guidance cue will change
from hollow to solid (filled). (Refer to Alerts Displayed on the HUD in Chapter 15, Section 10, for additional information.)

Angle-of-Attack Limit Symbol

The airplane's angle-of-attack (AOA) limit is depicted on the HUD by the angle-of-attack limit symbol. The distance between the
AOA limit symbol and the flight path vector symbol represents the margin available before stick shaker occurs. When the AOA
limit symbol is positioned on the flight path vector symbol (boxed ends set on the flight path vector symbol wings), the airplane is
at the stick shaker angle of attack.
The PFD contains a similar symbol called the pitch limit indicator (PLI). However, on the PFD, the PLI is displayed relative to the
airplane reference symbol, not to the flight path vector.
The AOA limit symbol is displayed during any of the following:
• angle of attack is within 5º of stick shaker, or
• stick shaker is active, or

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • windshear alerting with (solid) guidance cue displayed

Slip/Skid Indicators
The Slip/Skid symbology consists of two symbols:
• roll scale slip/skid indicator is referenced to and rotated with the roll scale pointer (or referenced to the UA roll scale
pointer, whichever is displayed).
• flight path slip/skid indicator referenced to the flight path vector symbol
The flight path slip/skid indicator is only displayed during a takeoff, or a low-altitude go-around, providing additional yaw
reference in the case of an engine failure. At low altitude, the sensitivity of the slip/skid indicators is enhanced to provide
additional awareness.

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Spokane Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 030 at _, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 118.3
Contact TWR - “Spokane TWR AI 87 H at Holding at __
for runway 030. Over.”
Spokane TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 030 & Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Read Back
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12 Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
pitch up, follow TOGA ref line on HUD.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50'
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' (Be prepared to select HDG SEL)
(Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF|HDG SEL| VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 “Flaps 5”
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”

Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”

“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CLIMB 7T
PICK WPT around a thunderstorm "Cleared direct BLUNT when able, then flight plan route"

Pick Waypoint (PICK WPT) Key (MAP and PLAN modes)

Allows the pilot to graphically create a latitude/longitude point or select a visible waypoint, airport, or navigation aid:
• visible only when the cursor is on the ND map area –
• enabled when the scratch pad is empty
• disabled (cyan) when the scratch pad contains data
• when activated, the PICK WPT key label changes to CANCEL

Using CCD move Cursor to the MFD showing ND, On ND (in MAP/PLAN Mode) move cursor over PICK WPT, Select it
thereby copying the data of selected waypoint (station/navaid/lat-long) onto scratchpad. Now use this data for active waypoint to
move around thunderstorm, verify, activate and execute. This may create ROUTE DISCONTINUITY remove it. Make sure LNAV
is armed and engaged.

On Legs Page, Select BLUNT and make it active waypoint , if aircraft is clear of thunderstorm then activate and execute is after
verification.

10,000 Feet Procedures 7T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Expedite climb OM 11.41; FCTM Ch 4 "Expedite climb through 17,000"

MAX ANGLE climb
Remove thrust derate

On VNAV CLB page select MAX ANGLE Speed on R4 Key copy it in scratchpad and then select L2 Key . Verify and Execute.
(Its FMC calculated MAX ANGLE climb speed)

Thrust Derates can be removed by Pressing CLB1/CLB or TO1/TO on THRUST LIM page as required.

Tune CTR 126.1 on TCP

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
[ ] LIQUID COOLING R QRH NNC.2

Condition: A right liquid cooling system fault occurs.

Note: Cooling for the large motor power system may not be available. The following items may be inoperative:
•R pack
•R center fuel pump
•C2 electric pump
•L demand hydraulic pump
Equipment may become operative or inoperative later in the flight.
If both the LIQUID COOLING L and LIQUID COOLING R messages show at any time, start a descent to the lowest safe altitude
or 10,000 feet, whichever is higher. When the PACK L+R message shows, do the PACK L+R checklist.
Do not exceed 260 knots when the airplane is below 6,000 feet.
Left thrust reverser deployment may be slower than normal.

1 Do not accomplish the following checklists:

PACK R
HYD PRESS C2
HYD PRESS DEM L
■■■■
Altitude HOLD OM 4.10 "Maintain present altitude for traffic"

On MCP Press HOLD beneath ALTITUDE SELECTOR, aircraft may climb for a while but will descend down to altitude at which
the HOLD was press.
FMA | SPD | LNAV | ALT |

Transition Altitude 7T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

20,000 feet Procedure 7T

Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS caution message,
“AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches
to OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

CRUISE 7T
[ ] OVERHEAT ENG R QRH NNC.8 Use QRH 8.24 for checklist
Condition: An overheat is detected in the engine.

1 ENGINE ANTI-ICE selector R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

2 A/T ARM switch R . . . . . . . . . . . . .Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3 Thrust lever R . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm . . . . . . Retard slowly until the OVERHEAT ENG
message blanks or the thrust lever is at idle
4 Do not accomplish the following checklist:
AUTOTHROTTLE
5 Choose one:
OVERHEAT ENG message blanks:
Note: Run the affected engine at a thrust setting that keeps the OVERHEAT ENG message blank.
Avoid icing conditions.
TRANSPONDER MODE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TA ONLY
■■■■
OVERHEAT ENG message stays shown:
►►Go to step 6
6 FUEL CONTROL switch R . . . . . . . . . .Confirm . . . CUTOFF
7 APU selector (if APU available) . . .START, then ON
8 TRANSPONDER MODE selector . . . . . . . . TA ONLY
9 Plan to land at the nearest suitable airport.

Airway intercept OM 11.42 "Turn right heading ___. Intercept J16 on course"

On MCP rotate Heading selector to align Heading BUG with current Heading. Push on Heading Selector. Rotate to new heading.
“HDG SEL”
On Route Page Check waypoints on Airway J16, On Legs page select a waypoint on scratchpad which will be first waypoint post
interception. Make it as active waypoint on L1 key. Select INTRCPT CRS To __ on R6. Verify, activate and execute. Also verify
LNAV is armed.

[ ] FUEL TEMP HIGH QRH NNC.12

Condition: Fuel temperature is near the maximum.
Objective: To reduce fuel heating caused by the hydraulic/fuel heat exchanger.
1 C1 and C2 ELEC pump selectors (both) . . . . AUTO
2 L and R ELEC DEMAND pump selectors (both). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
Note: If TS-1 fuel is loaded, do not exceed 35,000 feet.
Avoid extended operation at low altitude.
Delay flap extension as long as practical.
On the ground, do not take off. Promptly return to the
parking area and shut down the engines.
This prevents fuel system damage.

1 Do not accomplish the following checklists:

FUEL PUMP L AFT
FUEL PUMP L FWD
FUEL PUMP R AFT
FUEL PUMP R FWD

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ■■■■

PROGRESS page 1/4 OM 11.42 Determine ETA at BTG and KPDX

On Progress Page ¼ L3 Line can be utilized to find out DTG, ETA & Fuel Remaining for any waypoint enroute or off route.

FIX INFO page OM 11.42 "Report passing abeam YKM VOR"

Review PRED ETA – ALT
On FIX INFO Page enter YKM as FIX on L1 Key
Against L5 key selecting <ABEAM gives details of fix are there like Bearing/DIST, DTG, ETA, Fuel Remaining.
Select L5, this copies ABEAM Lat & Long into scratchpad. Now on LEGS page select L key whose waypoint will be approaching
after ABEAM point. This creates a new waypoint which is abeam the FIX and can be easily spotted on ND. Route
DISCONTINUITY will arise out of it, remove it and verify, activate and execute.

Predicted Distance to ETA or Altitude (PRED ETA-ALT) : Valid entry is altitude, flight level, or time. Time entry must be
followed by “Z”.

Entering an altitude or flight level displays the predicted along-track distance and altitude or flight level on this line. The predicted
airplane position displays on the ND route line as a green circle with the entered altitude/flight level.

Entering a time displays the predicted along-track distance and time. The predicted airplane position displays on the ND route line
as a green circle with the entered ETA

Descent Procedure – 7T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KSEA digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.90 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.90 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS _____' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
Modify route for arrival OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 "Expect the RNAV (GPS) approach via the CIDUG transition"

On DEP/ARR Page select KSEA ARR then select RNAV (GPS) RWY34R via CIDUG Transition. If any ROUTE
DISCONTINUITY remove it. Verify activate and execute.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KSEA ARR
Select RNAV (GPS) Rwy 34R
Select CIDUG transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
PROGRESS page 4/4 OM 11.42; FCTM Ch 5 Modify ANP/RNP requirements as per the route.
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KSEA ARR
Select RNAV (GPS) Rwy 34R
Select CIDUG transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 [ ] FIRE ENG R QRH NNC.8.2
Condition: Fire is detected in the engine.

1 A/T ARM switch R . . . . . . . . . .Confirm . . . . . . OFF

2 Thrust lever R . . . . . . . . . .Confirm . . . . . . Idle
3 FUEL CONTROL switch R . . . . .Confirm . . . CUTOFF
4 Engine fire switch R . . . . . . . . . .Confirm . . . . . . Pull
5 If the FIRE ENG message stays shown:
Engine fire switch R . . . . . . . . . . Rotate to the stop and hold for 1 second
If after 30 seconds, the FIRE ENG message stays shown:
Engine fire switch R . . . . . . . . . .Rotate to the other stop and hold for 1 second
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -
(Complete the rest of checklist from Electronic or paper checklist)
“MAY DAY - 3 , KSEA CONTROL, AI 87 H, FIRE ENG R
ENG OUT R, __NM to ABM YKM, Descending down to
FL240, Inbound for RNAV (GPS) 34R KSEA via CIDUG.”
Engine-out driftdown OM 11.31; FCTM Ch 4 "Descend and maintain FL240"
Engine Out (ENG OUT)
Select (above engine-out maximum altitude) –
• displays MOD EO D/D or MOD EO LRC D/D page
• cruise altitude (1L) lowered to engine-out maximum altitude if that altitude is less than the active cruise altitude
Shaded white until the modification executed. Upon execution, thrust reference limit becomes CON in all cases above

Drift Down Execution

A driftdown descent can be initiated by setting the MCP altitude at or below EO MAX altitude and executing the modification.
Result:
• VNAV commands EO SPD
• when EO SPD is achieved, VNAV controls the driftdown descent rate to a minimum of 300 feet per minute (fpm)
• time and distance for the D/D to EO MAX altitude show at 2R
• VNAV captures the MCP altitude and commands EO CRZ
Executing the ENG OUT modification without descending changes the pitch mode to VNAV ALT. A driftdown descent does not
start until setting the altitude at or below EO MAX altitude and pushing the altitude selector. The result above describes the
driftdown.
Tune APP- 133.65 on TCP
OFFPATH DES page OM 11.43.12 "Are you able to descend direct CIDUG, to cross CIDUG at 5000?"

OFFPATH DES page – analyze descent performance with and without the use of speedbrakes

On VNAV DESC Page select <OFFPATH DES on L6 key.

On OFFPATH DES Page enter CIDUG on L1 Key.
Select Display on R6 key.
FMC calculates Clean (Cyan Circle) and Drag (While Circle) path to the waypoint, you have to verify.
If you are out of Cyan circle it states, You can reach selected waypoint at correct speed and altitude without any drag.
If you are in Cyan circle but out of white circle, you can reach selected waypoint at correct speed and altitude with some drag.
If you are in white circle, you can not reach selected waypoint at correct airspeed and altitude.

LEGS page - route modification "Cleared direct CIDUG. Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 5000"

On Legs Page, Select CIDUG on scratchpad and make it as active waypoint. Verify on ND. Activate and execute.

On MCP altitude selector enter 5000' in window , if with in 50 n.m of T/D push Altitude Selector or select DES NOW> on
VNAV DES page.
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
[ ] FUEL IMBALANCE QRH NNC.12.15

Appch Briefing – CTOWF

“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 7T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*, Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Transition Level 7T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 7T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Approach Procedure 7T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"
Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4
“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify VSD on
“Appch Checklist”
Compelete Appch Checklist
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”
Tune TWR 119.9 on TCP

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 7T
IAN should be used only for approaches that have one of the following features:
• a published GP angle on the LEGS page for the final approach segment
• a RWxx waypoint at the approach end of the runway
• a missed approach waypoint before the approach end of the runway,
Use of IAN is not recommended when an approach has a visual maneuver segment that is not in the FMC database.
This procedure is not authorized using QFE.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Initially
• If on radar vectors
• HDG SEL
• Pitch mode (as needed)
• If enroute to a fix
• LNAV or other roll mode
• VNAV or other pitch mode
Notify the cabin crew to prepare for landing.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap extension schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
When on localizer/final approach course intercept heading:
• Verify that the navigation radios are tuned and identified (as needed)
• Verify that the deviation pointers are shown
Arm the APP mode. PUSH APP verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/P armed in pitch mode in
white under current active mode
“LOC|G/P Armed”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Use LNAV, HDG SEL, TRK SEL, HDG HOLD, or TRK Verify LOC in green on FMA
HOLD to intercept the final approach course as needed. “Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway Hdg.
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call
“APPROACHING GLIDE PATH.”
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call:
• “GEAR DOWN”
• “FLAPS 20”
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”
Set the speedbrake lever to ARMED.
Verify G/P in green on FMA “G/P Captured”
At glide path capture, call “FLAPS___”
as needed for landing. Set the flap lever as directed
Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
“Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on RNAV (GPS) 34R”
KSEA Twr : “Go - Around”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Go-Around and Missed Approach - One Engine Inoperative 7T
The missed approach with an engine inoperative should be accomplished in the same manner as a normal missed approach except
use flaps 5 for the go-around flap setting for a flaps 20 approach or use flaps 20 as the go-around flap setting for a flaps 25 or 30
approach. After TO/GA is engaged, the AFDS commands a speed that is normally between command speed and command speed +
15 knots. The rudder is automatically positioned to compensate for differential t hrust with no input required from the pilot. Select
maximum continuous thrust when flaps are retracted to the desired flap setting.
For a multi-autopilot go-around, yaw control reverts back to the flight control system upon TO/GA initiation.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
At the same time:
• Push the TO/GA switch
• Call “FLAPS 20”
Position the flap lever to 20.
Verify:
• The rotation to go–around attitude
• That the thrust increases
Verify that the thrust is sufficient for the go-around or adjust as
needed.
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call
“POSITIVE RATE.”
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call “GEAR
UP.”
Set the landing gear lever to UP.
Above 400 feet radio altitude, verify or select a roll mode. Verify that the missed approach altitude 3000' is set.
Published missed approach procedure
Verify that the missed approach route is tracked.
At acceleration height, set speed to the maneuver speed for the
planned flap setting.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap retraction schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
After flaps are set to the planned flap setting and at or above the
flap maneuvering speed, select FLCH or VNAV as needed.
Verify that climb thrust is set.
Verify that the missed approach altitude is captured.
Call “AFTER TAKEOFF Do the AFTER TAKEOFF checklist.
CHECKLIST.”
AFTER TAKEOFF checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
“AFTER TAKEOFF checklist Completed”

Radar vectors to ILS Rwy 34R

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Re-Approach Procedure 7T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KSEA Appch : “AI 87 H, radar vectors for the ILS runway 34R approach.”
Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance)

Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF on top as active way point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

HUD-monitored ILS OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Perform Autoland

2nd Landing Procedure 7T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway “Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”
Hdg.
verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 34R”
KSEA Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Landing Roll Procedure 7T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“KSEA TWR – AI 87 H, runway 34R vacated”
KSEA TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on 121.7”
Readback
Tune to 121.7

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
After Landing Procedure 7T
PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 7T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF FUEL
PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.
Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 8T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 8T

CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 8T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 8T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 8T
Engine Start Procedure 8T
Before Taxi Procedure 8T
Before Takeoff Procedure 8T
HUD Takeoff 8T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)
CLIMB 8T
10,000 Feet Procedures 8T
Transition Altitude 8T
20,000 feet Procedure 8T
CRUISE 8T
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 8T
Transition Level 8T
Descent Procedure – 8T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 8T
Approach Procedure 8T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 8T
Go-Around and Missed Approach - One Engine Inoperative 8T
Re-Approach Procedure 8T
2nd Landing Procedure 8T
Landing Roll Procedure 8T
After Landing Procedure 8T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 8T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 8T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 8T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors. Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for
correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.

Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

OLM, V204 PSC, V281 MWH
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 34R.
Select HAROB ---
Select Transition (Direct OLM)
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1 total approximate Distance

Prog Pg : 4 / Pos Ref Pg : 2 ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: Tune the navigation radios as needed.

No manual frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag: Power On EFB

Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 8T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” Release
METERS switch – “As needed” yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” Normal/100% selector – “100%”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
ND mode select switch – “Push” that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” Electronic Flight Bag:
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” Power On EFB
ND range selector – “0.5” Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
Displays airport map databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only. correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
ND TERR switch – “Off” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
Display select panel AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
no exceedance shown on EICAS.
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”
AUX Panel :
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Primary Flight Display (PFD)
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” AFDS FLT DIR
Roll Bar Centered
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi No V Speed Flag

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Request First Officer to remove Head Set QNH set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Mini Map
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Ground Speed Zero
Press RED CLIP on side Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Runway Depicted Correctly
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the TCAS OFF Flag
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. Both ADF Displayed
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
Navigation Display (ND)
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – Ground Speed Zero
Release Range as selected
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Track Magnetic
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Normal/100% selector – “100%” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Runway Depicted Correctly
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set
Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position” ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” MFD...........................................................................Check
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” INFO display switch “Push”
Selected Airport Database Current
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. Select the status display.
Status messages – Check
AUX Panel : CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, RESETS – “Select”
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Airline database “Select inactive”
Primary Flight Display (PFD) Airline database “Select current”
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window RESET ALL – “Select”
AFDS FLT DIR
Roll Bar Centered Navigation Data............................................................Set
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up CDU RTE page: 1
No V Speed Flag Enter Origin “KSEA”
QNH set Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”
Mini Map
Ground Speed Zero CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass OLM, V204 PSC, V281 MWH
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
Runway Depicted Correctly White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
TCAS OFF Flag ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Both ADF Displayed
CDU DEPARTURES page:
Navigation Display (ND) Select the runway 34R.
Ground Speed Zero Select HAROB ---

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Range as selected Select Transition (Direct OLM)
Track Magnetic ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass Execute
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Runway Depicted Correctly Progress Page : 1
TCAS OFF Flag total approximate Distance
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route.
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display
“blank” NAV RADIO page:
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. frequencies should be there.

SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Reverse thrust levers “Down” Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
Flap lever Set
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. Engine fire switches – “IN”
LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
Parking brake “Set” G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights
“extinguished” Flight deck printer .
FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” printer power “ON”
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF”
Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished” VHF - Set, HF – Set
VHF - Set, HF – Set GPWS
GPWS WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) GAIN and MODE – As needed
GAIN and MODE – As needed TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
First officer’s audio control panel
First officer’s audio control panel 4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
HUD combiner “Down”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.”
HUD combiner “Down”
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “Boeing Trainer 87 Heavy is cleared to Grant County Intl. airport. HAROB __ departure, direct OLM, then as filed.
Maintain 3,000', expect FL 210 five minutes after departure. Seattle departure control 120.4, squawk 4316”
Write Down
Set 3000' on MCP ALTITUDE Selector Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 152,600 Kg ZFW. 152,600 Kg
Fuel 22,700 Kg Fuel 22,700 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt FL210 CRZ Alt FL210
Cost Index 125 Cost Index 125
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 152,600 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 152,600 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 15º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 15º OAT is displayed.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 25% CG 25%

Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 (Approx) V1=130, Vr=136, V2=143 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=131, Vr=134, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=131, Vr=134, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 142 Kts
• Arm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 343º
• Initial altitude – 3000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – ____
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10,request
Start Up and Push Back. Departing via Rwy 34R”
ATC – “AI 87 Now departing runway 16L. Contact clearance delivery. Advise them you have ATIS information Golf.”
Read back the clearance
Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
Seattle Clearance - "AI 87 heavy cleared to the Grant County International airport via runway 16L, radar vectors to V23 BTG
V448 MWH. Maintain 4000 feet after departure. Expect 17,000 in five miles"
Write Down
Set 4000' on MCP ALTITUDE Selector Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
Updated CTWO Briefing
Now change data on CDU recalculate the Take Off Performance data on EFB, as with change of runway Take Off
Speeds deleted msg will appear.
CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route. CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
V23 BTG, V448 MWH V23 BTG, V448 MWH
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe) White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route. ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page: CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L. Select the runway 16L.
Select (Radar Vectors) Select (Radar Vectors)
Select Transition (Radar Vectors) Select Transition (Radar Vectors)
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any) ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute Execute

Progress Page : 1 Progress Page : 1

total approximate Distance total approximate Distance
Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2 Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
ANP/RNP as per route. ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: NAV RADIO page:

Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there. frequencies should be there.
Verify the Data again. Verify the Data again.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:
Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 152,600 Kg ZFW. 152,600 Kg
Fuel 22,700 Kg Fuel 22,700 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt FL210 CRZ Alt FL210
Cost Index 125 Cost Index 125
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 152,600 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 152,600 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 15º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 15º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. (Make 16L Rwy) Select PERFORMANCE page. (Make 16L Rwy)
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 25% CG 25%

Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=129, Vr=134, V2=142 (Approx) V1=129, Vr=134, V2=142 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=129, Vr=134, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=129, Vr=134, V2=142 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 142 Kts
• DisArm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 163º
• Initial altitude – 4000'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Tune Seattle South Ramp – ____

“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10,request
Start Up and Push Back. Departing via Rwy 16L”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing ___ to ___.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

BEFORE START PROCEDURES 8T

Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK
If pushback is needed: AND CONFIRM”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON
Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is
running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)
BEACON light switch “ON”
Trim ....................................................................... Set Transponder Selector XPDR
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” ENG switch Push
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
Rudder trim – “0 units” that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 142, HDG/TRK162, ALTITUDE 4000 V2 142, HDG/TRK162, ALTITUDE 4000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1=129, Vr=134, V2=142 V1=129, Vr=134, V2=142
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Engine Start Procedure 8T

Captain First Officer
“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing __ to spot __, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
Left Engine Normal/Started
(Once RUNNING is gone)
Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Before Taxi Procedure 8T

Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ Auto

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check

“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.

Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Auto
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.

Tune Seattle Ground 121.7

“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot ___ ready for runway
16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “Basic Flight Mode DEP, Radar Vectored,
Initial HDG 163, Initial ALT 4000', T/O thrust, N1 __%,
Assumed temp 46º C, Runway 16L, Flaps 5, Stab Trim _,
Rudder Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 8T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations

HUD Takeoff 8T (ref FCOM 10.12.20 & 10.22.24)

Ground Deviation - HUD Takeoff
During a HUD takeoff, ground deviation indications include the ground rollreference symbol, flight director guidance cue, and
ILS/GLS localizer deviation pointer. This guidance is available when HUD takeoff guidance has been selected on the FMC. (Refer
to Departures Page in Chapter 11, Section 40, for additional information.) These indications become active when the heading of
the airplane is within 45° of the runway heading and the plane is within 2º of the center of the ILS localizer beam or 75 feet of the
GLS localizer centerline. If the airplane then
deviates more than seven meters (23 feet) right or left from the runway centerline, a flashing triangle appears, pointing in the
direction of the runway centerline, to assist in correcting for the deviation. (Refer to HUD Takeoff in Chapter 4, Section 20, for
additional information.)

TO/GA Reference Line

In TO/GA mode, flight director vertical guidance is depicted as a horizontal dashed line (pitch target) across the HUD pitch scale.
To comply with this guidance, place the airplane reference symbol on the TO/GA reference line. During takeoff roll, this line
becomes visible when groundspeed is greater than 65 knots and is initially fixed at the top of the display. The reference line is
available any time TO/GA mode is selected in flight. A flight director pitch up command is displayed when the TO/GA reference
line is positioned above the airplane reference symbol. A pitch down command is displayed when the TO/GA reference line is
positioned below the airplane reference symbol. Once in flight, the spacing between the TO/GA reference line and the airplane
reference symbol is equal to the spacing between the flight path vector symbol and the guidance cue.

Flight Path Vector Symbol with Guidance Cue

The flight path vector symbol is derived from the inertial sources, and provides an indication of where the airplane is going. The
flight path angle is indicated by the position of the center of the flight path circle relative to the pitch scale. The flight path vector
symbol’s “gull wing” wing roots are angled downward 30º to the horizontal. In a 30º bank angle, the upward wing’s wing root is
parallel with the HUD horizon and pitch scale lines. The flight path vector symbol is only displayed in flight, and has display
priority over all other symbols except the guidance cue. If any portion of another symbol (excluding guidance cue) is positioned
inside the circle of the flight path vector symbol, that portion of the other symbol is not displayed.

The flight path vector symbol appearance can be limited laterally by other symbology such as speed and altitude tapes, or the
display field-of-view. When this occurs, the FPV symbol has a dashed outline instead of a solid outline and can not indicate the
airplane’s current drift angle.
The guidance cue (small circle) is associated with the flight path vector symbol. This cue represents flight director guidance, and
is displayed when the flight directors are turned on. To follow flight director guidance, position the circular body of the flight path
vector symbol around the guidance cue. The guidance cue appears at 50 feet RA on takeoff. If a HUD takeoff is selected, the
guidance cue appears at the same time as the flight path vector. During a windshear alert condition, the guidance cue will change
from hollow to solid (filled). (Refer to Alerts Displayed on the HUD in Chapter 15, Section 10, for additional information.)

Angle-of-Attack Limit Symbol

The airplane's angle-of-attack (AOA) limit is depicted on the HUD by the angle-of-attack limit symbol. The distance between the
AOA limit symbol and the flight path vector symbol represents the margin available before stick shaker occurs. When the AOA
limit symbol is positioned on the flight path vector symbol (boxed ends set on the flight path vector symbol wings), the airplane is
at the stick shaker angle of attack.
The PFD contains a similar symbol called the pitch limit indicator (PLI). However, on the PFD, the PLI is displayed relative to the
airplane reference symbol, not to the flight path vector.
The AOA limit symbol is displayed during any of the following:
• angle of attack is within 5º of stick shaker, or
• stick shaker is active, or

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • windshear alerting with (solid) guidance cue displayed

Slip/Skid Indicators
The Slip/Skid symbology consists of two symbols:
• roll scale slip/skid indicator is referenced to and rotated with the roll scale pointer (or referenced to the UA roll scale
pointer, whichever is displayed).
• flight path slip/skid indicator referenced to the flight path vector symbol
The flight path slip/skid indicator is only displayed during a takeoff, or a low-altitude go-around, providing additional yaw
reference in the case of an engine failure. At low altitude, the sensitivity of the slip/skid indicators is enhanced to provide
additional awareness.

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L & Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Read Back
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12 Monitor HUD for T/O FCOM 10.12

Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.

Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At Vr “ROTATE”
pitch up, follow TOGA ref line on HUD.
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50'
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' (Be prepared to select HDG SEL)
(Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF|HDG SEL| VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 “Flaps 5”
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”

Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”

“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CLIMB 8T
Resume climb "Climb and maintain 17,000"

Enter 17000' on MCP Altitude Selector, Push to delete the constraint and continue to climb.
If not sure of number of constraints on VNAV CLB page select CLB DIR>

10,000 Feet Procedures 8T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO” All
Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Determine altitude limits – CRZ page OM 11.42 "Can you accept FL 410 at this time?"

On ACT ECON CRZ Check whether we can accept FL410 at this time.

Optimum, Maximum, and Recommended Altitude (OPT, MAX,RECMD)

Blank when RTA (Required Time of Arrival) is active.
OPT – calculation of OPT altitude is based on gross weight, cost index, cruise speed schedule, and cruise cg. Forecast winds and
temperature deviations from standard day are not used in the calculation. The optimum altitude is not calculated during an RTA
cruise segment

MAX – displays maximum altitude based on:

• current gross weight minus calculated fuel burn to climb to MAX altitude
• temperature
• number of engines operating
• cruise reference thrust limit default set by airline (CRZ or CLB)
• speed (ECON, LRC, SEL, EO, or CO)
• residual rate of climb default set by airline (range: 100 to 999 feet per minute)
• disregarding altitude or speed constraints
• cruise cg
• does not reflect the effect of speed if speed intervention (MCP IAS/MACH window) is selected

RECMD – displays the most economical altitude to fly for the next 250 - 500 NM based on gross weight, cruise speed schedule,
and entered forecast winds and temperatures at cruise altitudes. The FMC evaluates altitudes from 9,000 feet below the current
CRZ ALT up to the MAX altitude. Recommended altitudes are consistent with the specified step size and step climb schedule. If
the step size is zero, the recommended cruise level is calculated assuming a 2,000 foot step size. The recommended altitude is set
to the CRZ ALT when within 200 NM of the T/D or within 500 NM of the destination airport. The recommended altitude is not
calculated during an RTA cruise segment.

Set higher cruise altitude – MCP OM 4.10 "Climb and maintain FL 210"

On MCP Altitude Selector Enter FL210 and Push. Verify On VNAV Page new CRZ ALT is set.

Climb at best rate – CLB page FCTM Ch 4.4 "Best rate of climb through 17,000, please"
A maximum rate climb provides both high climb rates and minimum time to cruise altitude. Maximum rate climb can be
approximated by using the following: • VREF 30 + 140 knots until intercepting 0.82M
Note: The FMC does not provide maximum rate climb speeds.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Transition Altitude 8T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

20,000 feet Procedure 8T

Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS caution message,
“AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches
to OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

CRUISE 8T
Airway intercept "Turn left heading 090, intercept V448, flight plan route"

On MCP rotate Heading selector to align Heading BUG with current Heading. Push on Heading Selector. Rotate to new heading.
“HDG SEL”
Since V448 is already on our route. On Route Page Check waypoints on Airway V448, On Legs page select a waypoint on
scratchpad which will be first waypoint post interception. Make it as active waypoint on L1 key. Select INTRCPT CRS To __ on
R6. Verify, activate and execute. Also verify LNAV is armed.

[ ] ENG FAIL R QRH NNC.7.16

Engine auto-relight OM 7.20

Engine auto-relight protection is provided for flameout and sub-idle stall recovery. There is no manual continuous ignition
selection or automatic continuous ignition function. The auto-relight function is activated on the ground and in-flight
whenever an engine is at or below idle with the FUEL CONTROL switch in RUN.

If an engine flameout (rapid decrease in N2) or an engine rollback (N2 falls below idle after the engine has achieved idle
following the previous start) is detected, the EEC switches on both ignitors in the respective engine in an attempt to recover the
engine. The ignitors are switched off when the engine again reaches idle.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
If a sub-idle stall is detected, fuel is shut off for one second in an attempt to clear the stall. The fuel schedule is then reduced to
help return the engine to idle. The fuel schedule returns to normal when the engine again reaches idle.

The EEC also provides protection against flameout during periods of excessive rain/hail ingestion. When a flameout is detected,
the EEC energizes both ignitors.

Revised routing and cruise descent Crew requests expedited routing to KMWH
"Cleared direct ELN. Descend and maintain 17,000"

On MCP Altitude selector enter 17000' and push, Verify on VNAV Page.
On Legs Page Enter ELN on scratchpad and make it as active waypoint, verify on ND and execute.

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 8T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Level 8T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

Modify the route for arrival and approach. OM 11.42

"After ELN, cleared to EPH via V336. Expect the VOR-1 Rwy 14L approach via the 10 DME arc"

On Route Page 2 verify V336 is part of route or not, If not then enter V336 in VIA column on L1 and EPH in to Column on R1.
Verify the same activate.
Verify on ND and on Legs Page, activate and execute.

Descent Procedure – 8T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KMWH digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 30.00 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS 1690' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS 1690' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR
Select VOR-1 Rwy 14L via the 10 DME arc
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart
EPH 4000'
GABBI 1840'

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select VOR-1 Rwy 14L via the 10 DME arc
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart
EPH 4000'
GABBI 1840'

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto
tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR EPH auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps …..” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
Appch Briefing – CTOWF
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “Descent Checklist Completed”

Early descent OM 11.31 "Descend and maintain 8000"

On MCP altitude selector enter 8000' on MCP and Push or select DES NOW> on VNAV Page.

When a descent is started before the T/D, VNAV commands a descent at a reduced descent rate until the descent path is
intercepted.
Start an early descent by selecting the DES NOW prompt on the DES page or by pushing the MCP altitude selector. In an early
descent, the autothrottle mode annunciation is initially THR, followed by HOLD, allowing the pilot to adjust the rate of descent.
The pitch mode is VNAV SPD.

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 8T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”
Verify the RNP/ANP on ND

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

VNAV path descent OM 11.31, 11.43; FCTM Ch 4

"Cross the 223 degree radial, 10 DME, fix at 5000 feet. Cleared for the VOR-1 Rwy 14L approach"

On Legs Page enter EPH223/10 on scratchpad and put it at appropriate point OR check if it is already present in there because of
selected approach.
Next to the waypoint enter 5000' as an altitude constraint. Verify, activate and execute.

Approach Procedure 8T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"
Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4
“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify VSD on
“Appch Checklist”
Compelete Appch Checklist
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 8T
IAN should be used only for approaches that have one of the following features:
• a published GP angle on the LEGS page for the final approach segment
• a RWxx waypoint at the approach end of the runway
• a missed approach waypoint before the approach end of the runway,
Use of IAN is not recommended when an approach has a visual maneuver segment that is not in the FMC database.
This procedure is not authorized using QFE.

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Initially
• If on radar vectors
• HDG SEL
• Pitch mode (as needed)
• If enroute to a fix
• LNAV or other roll mode
• VNAV or other pitch mode
Notify the cabin crew to prepare for landing.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap extension schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
When on localizer/final approach course intercept heading:
• Verify that the navigation radios are tuned and identified (as needed)
• Verify that the deviation pointers are shown
Arm the APP mode. PUSH APP verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/P armed in pitch mode in
white under current active mode
“LOC|G/P Armed”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Use LNAV, HDG SEL, TRK SEL, HDG HOLD, or TRK Verify LOC in green on FMA
HOLD to intercept the final approach course as needed. “Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway Hdg.
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call
“APPROACHING GLIDE PATH.”
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call:
• “GEAR DOWN”
• “FLAPS 20”
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”
Set the speedbrake lever to ARMED.
Verify G/P in green on FMA “G/P Captured”
At glide path capture, call “FLAPS___”
as needed for landing. Set the flap lever as directed
Set MAP 4000' altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
“KMWH TWR : AI 87 H established on VOR-1 Rwy 14”
Go-around Procedure OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 Published missed approach and hold at BATUM
KMWH Twr : “Go - Around”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Go-Around and Missed Approach - One Engine Inoperative 8T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
At the same time:
• Push the TO/GA switch
• Call “FLAPS 20”
Position the flap lever to 20.
Verify:
• The rotation to go–around attitude
• That the thrust increases
Verify that the thrust is sufficient for the go-around or adjust as
needed.
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call
“POSITIVE RATE.”
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call “GEAR
UP.”
Set the landing gear lever to UP.
Above 400 feet radio altitude, verify or select a roll mode. Verify that the missed approach altitude 4000' is set.
Published missed approach procedure
Verify that the missed approach route is tracked.
At acceleration height, set speed to the maneuver speed for the
planned flap setting.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap retraction schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
After flaps are set to the planned flap setting and at or above the
flap maneuvering speed, select FLCH or VNAV as needed.
Verify that climb thrust is set.
Verify that the missed approach altitude is captured.
Call “AFTER TAKEOFF Do the AFTER TAKEOFF checklist.
CHECKLIST.”
AFTER TAKEOFF checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
“AFTER TAKEOFF checklist Completed”

with an LNAV path available, LNAV automatically arms and activates:

• above 50 feet radio altitude when autopilot is not engaged, or
• above 200 feet radio altitude when autopilot is engaged

[ ] HYD PRESS SYS C QRH NNC.13.5

There may be a possibility of lag in controls, nose steering and flaps 20 for landing if issue persist on. (refer Checklist)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Re-Approach Procedure 8T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KMWH Appch : “AI 87 H, radar vectors for the ILS runway 32R approach.”
Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance) Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF PELLY on top as active way
point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF
PELLY and being Intercepted by aircraft on current
heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

HUD-monitored ILS OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Perform Autoland

2nd Landing Procedure 8T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “Localizer Captured”

Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway “Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”
Hdg.
verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“Seattle TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 34R”
KMWH Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 30 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Landing Roll Procedure 8T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO
REVERSER.”)
Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“KMWH TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
KMWH TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on ___”
Readback
Tune to ___

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
After Landing Procedure 8T
PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 8T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.
Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 9T

Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 9T

CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 9T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 9T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 9T
Engine Start Procedure 9T (Cold Weather)
Before Taxi Procedure 9T
Before Takeoff Procedure 9T
CLIMB 9T
10,000 Feet Procedures 9T
Transition Altitude 9T
20,000 feet Procedure 9T
CRUISE 9T
Descent Procedure – 9T
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 9T
Transition Level 9T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 9T
Approach Procedure 9T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 9T
Go-Around and Missed Approach 9T
Re-Approach Procedure 9T
2nd Landing Procedure 9T
Landing Roll Procedure 9T
After Landing Procedure 9T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 9T

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 9T
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Procedure Uplink Route from Dispatch OM 11.34, 11.40

Select a REQUEST prompt to start the downlink request for data. REQUEST prompts (as configured by the airline) may be
displayed on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2, DESCENT FORECAST, RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST or RTE DATA pages.

ROUTE REQUEST
Line title displays DATA LINK when the datalink status is NO COMM, VOICE, or FAIL.
Select – transmits a datalink request for a flight plan route uplink.
Flight crew can operationally fill in origin, destination, runway, flight number, company route name, or route definition to qualify
request.

Data can be uplinked from the airline dispatcher directly to the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2 and 2/2, DESCENT FORECAST,
RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST, and WIND pages. The uplinks are annunciated to the crew by the •FMC EICAS communications alert
and a hi–lo chime. The uplink is identified by a CDU help window message and by the presence of an UPLINK label over the
applicable COMM page prompt.

FMC Datalink Uplinks (Load/Exec–Erase) : LOAD displays on the RTE and WIND pages after receipt of uplink data. After the
uplinked data is loaded, the EXEC light illuminates and the ERASE prompt displays.
Select LOAD prompt:
• loads uplinked data into FMC
• loaded data can be viewed
• clears CDU help window message
• replaces existing data with modified uplinked data
• changes page title to MOD
• shows ERASE prompt
• illuminates EXEC light
Select the EXEC key to:
• put modified data in active flight plan
• change page format to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select ERASE prompt to:
• remove modified data
• return page display to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink reject message (if enabled)

FMC Datalink Uplinks (Accept/Reject)

ACCEPT and REJECT display on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF 1/2 and ALTN ½ pages after receipt of uplink data.
Uplink data displays initially in small font for preview.
Select ACCEPT prompt:
• displays uplinked data in large font
• replaces previous data with uplinked data
• changes page to pre–uplink format
• clears CDU help window message
• transmits a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select REJECT prompt:
• replaces uplinked data with previous data
• changes page to pre–uplink format
• clears CDU help window message
• transmits a downlink reject message (if enabled)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 9T
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors. Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for
correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.

Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1 OR RTE page: 2
Select <Request
Requesting, Request Sent
Select <Load or Purge>
Select Exec or <Erase

the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed

White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L.
Select MOUNTAIN ---
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1 total approximate Distance

Prog Pg : 4 / Pos Ref Pg : 2 ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: Tune the navigation radios as needed.

No manual frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag: Power On EFB

Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 9T
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”
ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND WXR switch – “Off”
ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” Release
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” Normal/100% selector – “100%”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.
ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select” Electronic Flight Bag:
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” Power On EFB
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
ND range selector – “0.5” databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Displays airport map Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary correct documents are loaded.
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only. Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

ND WXR switch – “Off” FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”

ND TFC Switch “ON” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
ND TERR switch – “Off” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
Display select panel PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” AUX Panel :

Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM” SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” Primary Flight Display (PFD)
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” AFDS FLT DIR
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Roll Bar Centered
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display No V Speed Flag

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi QNH set
Request First Officer to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” Mini Map
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” Ground Speed Zero
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Press RED CLIP on side Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Runway Depicted Correctly
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker TCAS OFF Flag
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the Both ADF Displayed
EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator. Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – Range as selected
Release Track Magnetic
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Normal/100% selector – “100%” Runway Depicted Correctly
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display TCAS OFF Flag
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed

ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set Landing gear lever – “DOWN”

ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position” AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” MFD...........................................................................Check
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” INFO display switch “Push”
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” Selected Airport Database Current
Select the status display.
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. Status messages – Check
CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
AUX Panel : RESETS – “Select”
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, Airline database “Select inactive”
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Airline database “Select current”
Primary Flight Display (PFD) that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA RESET ALL – “Select”
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
AFDS FLT DIR Navigation Data............................................................Set
Roll Bar Centered CDU RTE page: 1
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up Enter Origin “KSEA”
No V Speed Flag Enter Destination “EGLL”
QNH set Enter the FLT NO. “87”

Mini Map CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

Ground Speed Zero SEA J503 YNY 6000N09000W 6200N08000W MUSVA
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass 6400N06000W 6400N05000W 6300N04000W
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & 6200N03000W 6000N02000W AGORI UP979 OSBOX UP6
Runway Depicted Correctly MIMKU UL10 WAL NUGRA DTY BNN
TCAS OFF Flag the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
Both ADF Displayed White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Navigation Display (ND)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Ground Speed Zero CDU DEPARTURES page:
Range as selected Select the runway 16L.
Track Magnetic Select MOUNTAIN ---
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass Select Transition
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Runway Depicted Correctly Execute
TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
“blank” ANP/RNP as per route.
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. NAV RADIO page:
Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” frequencies should be there.
Reverse thrust levers “Down”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Flap lever Set Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS.
ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Parking brake “Set” Engine fire switches – “IN”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
“extinguished” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”

ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” Flight deck printer .

ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
printer power “ON”
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
VHF - Set, HF – Set Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
GPWS VHF - Set, HF – Set
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) GPWS
GAIN and MODE – As needed WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) GAIN and MODE – As needed
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”
HUD combiner “Down” AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'. HUD combiner “Down”
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs. Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “Boeing Trainer 87 Heavy is cleared to London-Heathrow Intl airport. MOUNTAIN ___ departure. Expect radar vectors
to intercept J503, as filed. Climb and maintain FL 310. Seattle departure control 119.2, squawk 4316 ”
Write Down
Set ----' on MCP ALTITUDE Selector Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 136,100 Kg ZFW. 136,100 Kg
Fuel 47,200 Kg Fuel 47,200 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt FL310 CRZ Alt FL310
Cost Index 80 Cost Index 80
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 183,200 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 183,200 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
THRUST LIM page: 2º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 2º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway DRY Runway DRY
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 25% CG 25%

Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=141, Vr=143, V2=150 (Approx) V1=141, Vr=143, V2=150 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must
be be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs
will will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL
HT may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a HT may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a
difference difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select
COMPLETE and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF COMPLETE and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF
REF page. REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2
V1=141, Vr=143, V2=150 (Approx) and 2/2 pages EO V1=141, Vr=143, V2=150 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 150 Kts
• Arm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 163º
• Initial altitude – ------'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed
(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and EICAS)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors Closed,
All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear Steering Locked
Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – ____
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10,request Start
Up and Push Back. Departing via Rwy 16L”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing ___ to ___.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 9T
Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to automatic, X- check & confirm”
If pushback is needed: Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out.
Unwanted tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON
Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU
is running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of
load shedding.)
Trim ....................................................................... Set BEACON light switch “ON”
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” Transponder Selector XPDR
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. ENG switch Push
Rudder trim – “0 units” CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 150, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE _____ V2 150, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE _____
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1=141, Vr=143, V2=150 V1=141, Vr=143, V2=150
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Engine Start Procedure 9T (Cold Weather)
Do the normal Engine Start Procedure with the following considerations:
• oil pressure may be slow to rise
• initial oil pressure rise may be higher than normal
• additional warm-up time may be needed to allow oil temperature to reach the normal range
• displays may require additional warm-up time before displayed engine indications accurately show changing values.
Displays may appear less bright than normal

Engine Anti-ice Operation - On the Ground

Engine anti-ice must be selected ON immediately after both engines are started and remain on during all ground operations when
icing conditions exist or are anticipated, except when the temperature is below -40°C OAT.

WARNING: Do not rely on airframe visual icing cues before activating engine anti-ice. Use the temperature and visible
moisture criteria because late activation of engine anti-ice may allow excessive ingestion of ice and result in engine damage
or failure.
CAUTION: Do not use engine anti-ice when OAT is above 10°C.

When engine anti-ice is needed:

ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .........................................ON F/O
Confirm that “EAI” is shown on the primary engine display for both engines.

When engine anti-ice is no longer needed:

ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .......................AUTO or OFF F/O
If ice detection is available, position the selectors to AUTO. If ice detection is inoperative, position the selectors to OFF.
Captain First Officer
“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing __ to spot __, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)

[ ] ENG START CUTOUT L QRH NNC.7.41

Condition: The start selector stays in START when commanded to NORM.
1 START selector (affected side) . . . . . . . . . .NORM
■■■■
Left Engine Normal/Started

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 (Once RUNNING is gone)
Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.”
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Heavy rain begins. Icing conditions exist OM SP.16

Before Taxi Procedure 9T

Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ ON

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check

“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.

Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.
Revise takeoff performance for wet runway OM NP.21, OM 10.70
Dispatch computer inop. Use EFB to recalculate takeoff performance

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):

Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as needed.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Runway WET
Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT
CG 25%

Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.

Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=136, Vr=143, V2=150 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be

entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.

Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 V1=136, Vr=143, V2=150 (Approx) and 2/2 pages EO
Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

Discuss the changes in V1 speed with First Officer and other change in environment.
Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete
Tune Seattle Ground 121.7
“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot ___ ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “Basic Flight Mode DEP, Radar Vectored,
Initial HDG 163, Initial ALT --', D-T/O thrust, N1 87.4%,
Assumed temp 46º C, Runway 16L, Flaps 5, Stab Trim _,
Rudder Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Before Takeoff Procedure 9T
Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L & Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Read Back
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.
Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
At VR, rotate toward 15° pitch attitude. (Intial rotation 6-8deg) At Vr “ROTATE”
After liftoff, follow F/D commands..
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50' “LNAV”
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “AutoPilot”
400' (Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF| LNAV | VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 15

speed. “FLAPS 5” Set Flaps 5 “Flaps 5”
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5 speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”
Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”
“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

CLIMB 9T
Intercept course OM 11.31, 11.42 "Turn left heading 340, intercept J503, flight plan route"

On MCP rotate Heading selector to align Heading BUG with current Heading. Push on Heading Selector. Rotate to new heading
340. “HDG SEL”
On Route Page Check waypoints on Airway J503, On Legs page select a waypoint on scratchpad which will be first waypoint post
interception. Make it as active waypoint on L1 key. Select INTRCPT CRS To __ on R6. Verify, activate and execute. Also verify
LNAV is armed.

Intercept course from a VOR OM 10.10, 11.20

"For traffic, turn right, intercept the SEA 035 degree radial, and fly it outbound. Expect on course in 5 miles"

Select POS from ND Mode Select, it shows you radial from tuned VOR's, when on Radial 045 or 050 start turning right to track
radial 035 outbound.

Heading select to intercept flight plan route OM 4.10 "Fly heading 320 to intercept J503, flight planned route"

On MCP rotate Heading selector to align Heading BUG with current Heading. Push on Heading Selector. Rotate to new heading
340. “HDG SEL”
On Route Page Check waypoints on Airway J503, On Legs page select a waypoint on scratchpad which will be first waypoint post

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
interception. Make it as active waypoint on L1 key. Select INTRCPT CRS To __ on R6. Verify, activate and execute. Also verify
LNAV is armed.

[ ] ANTI-ICE WING QRH NNC.3

Condition: Wing anti-ice is degraded or failed.
Note: Avoid icing conditions.

10,000 Feet Procedures 9T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Altitude 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

20,000 feet Procedure 9T

Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS caution message,
“AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both CENTER

FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to
OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CRUISE 9T
[ ] HYD OVERHEAT PRI R QRH NNC.13
Condition: The primary pump temperature is high.
1 ENG PRIMARY pump switch (affected side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Off
2 Do not accomplish the following checklist:
HYD PRESS PRI
■■■■

Step climb OM 11.31, 11.42

Fuel and ETA calculations assume the airplane climbs at each calculated step climb point as airplane weight decreases. FMC
calculated step climb increments are based on the step size shown on the CRZ page. Entering a step size of zero
causes the FMC to assume a constant altitude cruise.

Flight crew entry of a STEP TO altitude on the CRZ page or "S" on a waypoint on the LEGS page overrides FMC step climb
calculations. Entry of a step altitude on the LEGS page overrides a STEP TO entry made on the CRZ page.

Calculated step altitudes display on the LEGS page. The distance and ETA to the next step point (calculated or flight crew entered)
display on the CRZ and PROGRESS pages. They also display on the ND map with a green circle and "S/C".

The FMC calculates step climb locations and altitudes as a function of the lateral flight plan, current cruise speed mode and
altitude, entered forecast winds and temperatures, step size, cruise cg, and gross weight.

The primary factor affecting step climb calculation is the entry of accurate forecast cruise winds and temperatures on the WINDS
page. Unless enroute winds are entered, all step climb locations and altitudes are calculated assuming zero wind.

IRS winds are not used in the calculation of step climb data. For ECON cruise, step climbs are optimized to provide minimum trip
cost according to the entered Cost Index. For other selected speeds, calculated step climbs minimize trip fuel.

Calculated step locations display on the ND (S/C); the next step displays on the ECON CRZ page. Flight plan calculations of time
and fuel at destination are based on executing step climbs as calculated. LEGS page waypoint altitudes reflect the optimum step
climb profile.

Inflight entry of a STEP TO altitude in 1R causes the FMC to use the entered enroute winds and temperatures to calculate the
optimum location for a climb to the step altitude; the ETA and DTG for the step display in 2R. Following entry of an altitude in
1R, the FMC uses only that altitude to calculate data for 2R. When the FMC calculates an immediate step climb to the entered
altitude is optimal, 2R displays NOW. If the FMC determines remaining at the current altitude for the duration of the flight is more
optimal than flying at the entered altitude, 2R displays NONE.

Planned step climb points (S/C) may be entered on the LEGS page at selected waypoints. In this case, both altitude and step
location are constrained. With planned step climb points entered, flight plan calculations assume a constant cruise altitude until
reaching the planned step waypoint. Optimized step climb calculations resume after passing the last planned step climb waypoint.

When the last planned step is a step descent, step climbs are no longer calculated. Optimum (OPT) altitude calculation does not
use forecast or IRS winds and temperatures. Recommended (RECMD) altitude calculation is based on step size, current CRZ ALT,
and entered forecast enroute winds and temperatures.

All altitude calculations are limited by maximum (MAX) altitude.

If a climb is not initiated within 5 minutes after passing a planned or calculated step climb point, the EICAS advisory message
VNAV STEP CLIMB displays.

Determine RTA OM 11.42.60 “Fly heading 050 for traffic”

Progress page three is used to enter data for required time of arrival (RTA). RTA can be entered or changed during preflight or in
flight. Creating an RTA changes CRZ page title to RTA CRZ. RTA operates only in cruise.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Constant speed cruise OM 11.42.37
A speed for a cruise segment can be specified. A cruise segment has a start waypoint and an end waypoint. The airplane maintains
a constant speed between the two waypoints. The waypoints must be in the cruise phase. The FMC controls the speed after the end
waypoint or top of descent. Modification must be executed.

Present Position From “Fly course 330, join J503, flight planned route”
?????

[ ] ENG FAIL L QRH NNC.7.16 FCTM Ch 8

The regulations regarding an engine failure are specific. Most regulatory agencies specify that the pilot-in-command of a twin
engine airplane that has an engine failure or engine shutdown should land at the nearest suitable airport at which a safe landing
can be made.

Engine-out driftdown OM 11.31; FCTM Ch 4 "Descend and maintain FL210."

A driftdown descent can be initiated by setting the MCP altitude at or below EO MAX altitude and executing the modification.
Result:
• VNAV commands EO SPD
• when EO SPD is achieved, VNAV controls the driftdown descent rate to a minimum of 300 feet per minute (fpm)
• time and distance for the D/D to EO MAX altitude show at 2R
• VNAV captures the MCP altitude and commands EO CRZ

Executing the ENG OUT modification without descending changes the pitch mode to VNAV ALT. A driftdown descent does not
start until setting the altitude at or below EO MAX altitude and pushing the altitude selector. The result above
describes the driftdown.
A normal enroute cruise descent can be initiated by setting the MCP altitude to a lower altitude and pushing the altitude selector.
Result:
• the airplane descends in a normal VNAV cruise descent at two-engine ECON speed
• the reference thrust limit is CLB/CRZ
• the airplane descends at ECON CRZ and approximately 1,250 fpm
During the enroute cruise descent, when the airplane is above EO MAX altitude, executing the ENG OUT modification
commands a driftdown descent to the EO MAX altitude. The command speed is E/O SPD. The rate of descent decreases to
a minimum of 300 fpm.

On MCP Altitude selector enter FL210 and push.

Select Engine Out (ENG OUT) at R5 on VNAV Page
Select (below speed transition or restriction altitude) –
• displays MOD EO CLB page
• deletes climb speed transition or restriction data
Select (below engine-out maximum altitude) – displays MOD EO CLB page.
Select (above engine-out maximum altitude) –
• displays MOD EO D/D or MOD EO LRC D/D page
• cruise altitude (1L) lowered to engine-out maximum altitude if thataltitude is less than the active cruise altitude
Shaded white until the modification executed. Upon execution, thrust reference limit becomes CON in all cases above.

Divert to KGEG OM 11.43 "Remain on your flight plan route to Enderby (YNY), then cleared direct GEG."
Select ALTN on CDU / FMC COMM / RTE Pg 1
List of 4 nearest ALTN destinations are mentioned or you can select <REQUEST under ALTN on L5 key.

[ Select COMM on MFD, Select COMPANY, Select DIVERSION (If you are requesting company for diversion.)
If an UPLINK has been received then select ACCEPT or REJECT as per your decision. ]

By default nearest ALTN airport is selected automatically, each alternate airport data can be accessed by selecting corresponding
right key. Select KGEG

Thereby giving option to divert DIRECT TO / OFFSET / OVERHEAD.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
VIA OVERHEAD
Select –
• with scratchpad empty, selects OVERHEAD option
• with overhead data (with active waypoint) in scratchpad, enters overhead data. Does not select overhead route option
Displays active waypoint in flight plan.
The waypoints up to the selected or entered overhead waypoint are retained, then routing is direct to the alternate airport. All
waypoints after overhead waypoint are deleted.
Enter any waypoint in the active or modified route

On Legs Page, Modify keep legs till YNY and then direct to GEG, verify on ND, Activate and execute.

In flight engine start QRH NNC.7.24 Eng In-Flight Start L

Revised routing. Modify the route for arrival and approach OM 11.42
"Cleared present position to the GEG 241 degree radial, 10 DME fix. Expect the VOR Rwy 3 approach via the 10 DME arc.
Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 5,000"

On RTE LEGS Page enter

GEG241/10 on scratchpad and make it active waypoint, verify on ND. Activate and execute. Verify LNAV armed and aircraft
starts turning new waypoint.

Descent Procedure – 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KGEG digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.85 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.85 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KGEG ARR
Select VOR Rwy 3 via the 10 DME arc
Select transition as per clearances

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 (Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select VOR Rwy 3 via the 10 DME arc
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute
Fuel Jettison OM 12; QRH NNC.12.18
[ ] HYD PRESS SYS C QRH NNC.13.5
There may be a possibility of lag in controls, nose steering and flaps 20 for landing if issue persist on. (refer Checklist)
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto
tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR GEG auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps 20” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
Appch Briefing – CTOWF
Discuss effect of Hydraulic SYS Press C
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 9T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Transition Level 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 9T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”
Verify the RNP/ANP on ND

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

VNAV path descent OM 11.31, 11.43; FCTM Ch 4

Descent at T/D, make sure you change MCP altitude selector to altitude required, no need to push as at T/D VNAV automatically
starts descending the aircraft.

Approach Procedure 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"
Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4
“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify VSD on
“Appch Checklist”
Compelete Appch Checklist
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Contact KGEG APP 133.35

"Cleared for the VOR Rwy 3 approach via the 10 DME arc"

HUD-monitored VOR approach – crosswind OM 11.43; FCTM Ch 5

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 9T
IAN should be used only for approaches that have one of the following features:
• a published GP angle on the LEGS page for the final approach segment
• a RWxx waypoint at the approach end of the runway
• a missed approach waypoint before the approach end of the runway,
Use of IAN is not recommended when an approach has a visual maneuver segment that is not in the FMC database.
This procedure is not authorized using QFE.

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Initially
• If on radar vectors
• HDG SEL
• Pitch mode (as needed)
• If enroute to a fix
• LNAV or other roll mode
• VNAV or other pitch mode
Notify the cabin crew to prepare for landing.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap extension schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
When on localizer/final approach course intercept heading:
• Verify that the navigation radios are tuned and identified (as needed)
• Verify that the deviation pointers are shown
Arm the APP mode. PUSH APP verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/P armed in pitch mode in
white under current active mode
“LOC|G/P Armed”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Use LNAV, HDG SEL, TRK SEL, HDG HOLD, or TRK Verify LOC in green on FMA
HOLD to intercept the final approach course as needed. “Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway Hdg.
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call
“APPROACHING GLIDE PATH.”
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call:
• “GEAR DOWN”
• “FLAPS 20”
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”
Set the speedbrake lever to ARMED.
Verify G/P in green on FMA “G/P Captured”
At glide path capture, call “FLAPS___”
as needed for landing. Set the flap lever as directed
Set MAP ____' altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
“KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on VOR Rwy 3”
Go-around Procedure OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 Missed approach – runway heading
KGEG Twr : “Go - Around”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Go-Around and Missed Approach 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
At the same time:
• Push the TO/GA switch
• Call “FLAPS 20”
Position the flap lever to 20.
Verify:
• The rotation to go–around attitude
• That the thrust increases
Verify that the thrust is sufficient for the go-around or adjust as
needed.
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call
“POSITIVE RATE.”
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call “GEAR
UP.”
Set the landing gear lever to UP.
Above 400 feet radio altitude, verify or select a roll mode. Verify that the missed approach altitude ____' is set.
Published missed approach procedure
Verify that the missed approach route is tracked. I.e RUNWAY HEADING
At acceleration height, set speed to the maneuver speed for the
planned flap setting.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap retraction schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
After flaps are set to the planned flap setting and at or above the
flap maneuvering speed, select FLCH or VNAV as needed.
Verify that climb thrust is set.
Verify that the missed approach altitude is captured.
Call “AFTER TAKEOFF Do the AFTER TAKEOFF checklist.
CHECKLIST.”
AFTER TAKEOFF checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
“AFTER TAKEOFF checklist Completed”

with an LNAV path available, LNAV automatically arms and activates:

• above 50 feet radio altitude when autopilot is not engaged, or
• above 200 feet radio altitude when autopilot is engaged

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Re-Approach Procedure 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KGEG Appch : “AI 87 H, radar vectors for the ILS runway 3 approach.”
Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance) Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF PELLY on top as active way
point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF
PELLY and being Intercepted by aircraft on current
heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

HUD-monitored ILS OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Crosswind Perform Autoland

2nd Landing Procedure 9T

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “Localizer Captured”

Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway “KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”
Hdg.
verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 3”
KGEG Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 20 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Roll Procedure 9T
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“KGEG TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
KGEG TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on ___”
Readback
Tune to ___

After Landing Procedure 9T

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 9T
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.
Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 10T

Lesson 10T (A)

Lesson 10T (B)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 10T (A)

Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 10T (A)

CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 10T (A)
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 10T (A) Icing Conditions
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 10T (A)
Engine Start Procedure 10T (A) (Cold Weather)
Before Taxi Procedure 10T (A)
Before Takeoff Procedure 10T (A)
CLIMB 10T (A)
10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (A)
Transition Altitude 10T (A)
20,000 feet Procedure 10T (A)
CRUISE 10T (A)
Descent Procedure – 10T (A)
20,000 feet Procedure Descent 10T (A)
Transition Level 10T (A)
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 10T (A)
Approach Procedure 10T (A)
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 10T (A)
Go-Around and Missed Approach 10T (A)
10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (A) after Go Around
Re-Descent Procedure – 10T (A)
Re-Approach Procedure 10T (A)
2nd Landing Procedure 10T (A)
Landing Roll Procedure 10T (A)
After Landing Procedure 10T (A)
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 10T (A)

FFS familiarization
• FFS emergency egress briefing
• Seat controls
• Seat position
• HUD combiner
• Tiller
• Flight deck lighting
• Toe brakes/parking brake
• Headsets
• (Voice ATIS works in FFS)
ATIS -118.0, CLR - 128.0, GND - 121.7, TWR - 119.9, DEP - 119.2

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 10T (A)
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Procedure Uplink Route from Dispatch OM 11.34, 11.40

Select a REQUEST prompt to start the downlink request for data. REQUEST prompts (as configured by the airline) may be
displayed on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2, DESCENT FORECAST, RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST or RTE DATA pages.

ROUTE REQUEST
Line title displays DATA LINK when the datalink status is NO COMM, VOICE, or FAIL.
Select – transmits a datalink request for a flight plan route uplink.
Flight crew can operationally fill in origin, destination, runway, flight number, company route name, or route definition to qualify
request.

Data can be uplinked from the airline dispatcher directly to the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF REF 1/2 and 2/2, DESCENT FORECAST,
RTE, ALTN, ALTN LIST, and WIND pages. The uplinks are annunciated to the crew by the •FMC EICAS communications alert
and a hi–lo chime. The uplink is identified by a CDU help window message and by the presence of an UPLINK label over the
applicable COMM page prompt.

FMC Datalink Uplinks (Load/Exec–Erase) : LOAD displays on the RTE and WIND pages after receipt of uplink data. After the
uplinked data is loaded, the EXEC light illuminates and the ERASE prompt displays.
Select LOAD prompt:
• loads uplinked data into FMC
• loaded data can be viewed
• clears CDU help window message
• replaces existing data with modified uplinked data
• changes page title to MOD
• shows ERASE prompt
• illuminates EXEC light
Select the EXEC key to:
• put modified data in active flight plan
• change page format to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select ERASE prompt to:
• remove modified data
• return page display to pre–uplink format
• transmit a downlink reject message (if enabled)

FMC Datalink Uplinks (Accept/Reject)

ACCEPT and REJECT display on the PERF INIT, TAKEOFF 1/2 and ALTN ½ pages after receipt of uplink data.
Uplink data displays initially in small font for preview.
Select ACCEPT prompt:
• displays uplinked data in large font
• replaces previous data with uplinked data
• changes page to pre–uplink format
• clears CDU help window message
• transmits a downlink accept message (if enabled)
Select REJECT prompt:
• replaces uplinked data with previous data
• changes page to pre–uplink format
• clears CDU help window message
• transmits a downlink reject message (if enabled)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 10T (A)
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors. Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for
correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.

Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1 OR RTE page: 2
Select <Request
Requesting, Request Sent
Select <Load or Purge>
Select Exec or <Erase

the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed

White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L.
Select SEATTLE ---
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1 total approximate Distance

Prog Pg : 4 / Pos Ref Pg : 2 ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: Tune the navigation radios as needed.

No manual frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag: Power On EFB

Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 10T (A) Icing Conditions
During the hydraulic panel preflight, if all electric pump selectors are found selected ON and the APU is running, maintenance
personnel may have performed a maintenance procedure for cold weather hydraulic system warm-up. If maintenance personnel
have performed the cold weather hydraulic system warm-up procedure, leave the electric pump selectors ON and the APU
running. This ensures all four hydraulic electric pumps remain operating and the hydraulic fluid remains warmed.

During the Before Start Procedure, select all electric pumps AUTO and resume normal procedures for operation of the hydraulic
systems.
Note: If the fuel temperature is less than or equal to -17 degrees C, and if the electric hydraulic pump selectors are in the AUTO or
OFF position for more than 10 minutes prior to engine hydraulic pump operation, notify maintenance personnel.
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “ON/OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“ON/OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”
INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” flight crew positional awareness only.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed” ND WXR switch – “Off”
METERS switch – “As needed” ND TFC Switch “ON”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” ND TERR switch – “Off”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP” Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
ND mode select switch – “Push” 4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
MENU – “Select” Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded” RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
ND range selector – “0.5” yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Displays airport map Press RED CLIP on side
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
flight crew positional awareness only. Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
ND WXR switch – “Off” EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
ND TFC Switch “ON” yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
ND TERR switch – “Off”
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –
Display select panel Release
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.
no exceedance shown on EICAS.
Normal/100% selector – “100%”
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON” Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM”
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” Electronic Flight Bag:
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Power On EFB
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request First Officer to remove Head Set FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
Press RED CLIP on side PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. AUX Panel :

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator. Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector – Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Release FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
AFDS FLT DIR
Normal/100% selector – “100%” Roll Bar Centered
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. No V Speed Flag
QNH set
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set
Mini Map
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position” Ground Speed Zero
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” Runway Depicted Correctly
PFD/MFD selector “NORM” TCAS OFF Flag
Both ADF Displayed
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
Navigation Display (ND)
AUX Panel : Ground Speed Zero
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, Range as selected
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped Track Magnetic
Primary Flight Display (PFD) Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Runway Depicted Correctly
AFDS FLT DIR TCAS OFF Flag
Roll Bar Centered Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
QNH set ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
Mini Map
Ground Speed Zero MFD...........................................................................Check
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass INFO display switch “Push”
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Selected Airport Database Current
Runway Depicted Correctly Select the status display.
TCAS OFF Flag Status messages – Check
Both ADF Displayed CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
RESETS – “Select”
Navigation Display (ND) Airline database “Select inactive”
Ground Speed Zero Airline database “Select current”
Range as selected that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
Track Magnetic RESET ALL – “Select”
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & Navigation Data............................................................Set
Runway Depicted Correctly CDU RTE page: 1
TCAS OFF Flag Enter Origin “KSEA”
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “blank” CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications V187 FEBUS, V448 MWH
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Reverse thrust levers “Down”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” CDU DEPARTURES page:
Flap lever Set Select the runway 16L.
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set Select SEATTLE ---
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS. Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Parking brake “Set” Execute
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown.
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” Progress Page : 1
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” total approximate Distance
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
“extinguished” ANP/RNP as per route.
ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” NAV RADIO page:
ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
frequencies should be there.
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
VHF - Set, HF – Set Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
GPWS Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
GAIN and MODE – As needed
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Engine fire switches – “IN”
First officer’s audio control panel LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal & Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Flight deck printer .
HUD combiner “Down” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” printer power “ON”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” VHF - Set, HF – Set
GPWS
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'.
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy GAIN and MODE – As needed
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs.
First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”

EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”

Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”

Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.

Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.

HUD combiner “Down”

HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “Boeing Trainer 87 Heavy is cleared to Grant County Intl airport. SEATTLE __ departure. Expect radar vectors to
intercept V187. Climb and maintain 17,000. Seattle departure control 119.2, squawk 4316”
Write Down
Set 17000' on MCP ALTITUDE Selector Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 129,300 Kg ZFW. 129,300 Kg
Fuel 18,200 Kg Fuel 18,200 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CRZ Alt 17000' CRZ Alt 17000'
Cost Index 100 Cost Index 100
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 147,700 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 147,700 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 0º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 0º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway Contaminated/Compact Snow Runway Contaminated/Compact Snow
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 25% CG 25%
(Assumed temp doesn't hold good for Contaminated Rwy) (Assumed temp doesn't hold good for Contaminated Rwy)
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx) V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 135 Kts
• Arm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 163º

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • Initial altitude – ------'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – ____
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10,request
Start Up and Push Back. Departing via Rwy 16L”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing ___ to ___.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Before start: New ZFW is 292,000 lbs. CG now 28%

New ZFW in KGS 132,449 Kgs

CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the ZFW. 132,449 Kg
Fuel 18,200 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt 17000'
Cost Index 100
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 150,649 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers agree.

THRUST LIM page: 0º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):

Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as needed.
Runway Contaminated/Compact Snow
Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT
CG 28%
(Assumed temp doesn't hold good for Contaminated Rwy)
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be

entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.

Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136 (Approx) and 2/2 pages
EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500'
CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 136 Kts
• Arm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 163º
• Initial altitude – ------'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

(Brief about change in ZFW and CG)

BEFORE START PROCEDURES 10T (A)

Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK
If pushback is needed: AND CONFIRM”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON
Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)
BEACON light switch “ON”
Trim ....................................................................... Set Transponder Selector XPDR
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” ENG switch Push
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
Rudder trim – “0 units” that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 136, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE 17000 V2 136, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE 17000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136 V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Engine Start Procedure 10T (A) (Cold Weather)
Do the normal Engine Start Procedure with the following considerations:
• oil pressure may be slow to rise
• initial oil pressure rise may be higher than normal
• additional warm-up time may be needed to allow oil temperature to reach the normal range
• displays may require additional warm-up time before displayed engine indications accurately show changing values.
Displays may appear less bright than normal

Engine Anti-ice Operation - On the Ground

Engine anti-ice must be selected ON immediately after both engines are started and remain on during all ground operations when
icing conditions exist or are anticipated, except when the temperature is below -40°C OAT.

WARNING: Do not rely on airframe visual icing cues before activating engine anti-ice. Use the temperature and visible
moisture criteria because late activation of engine anti-ice may allow excessive ingestion of ice and result in engine damage
or failure.
CAUTION: Do not use engine anti-ice when OAT is above 10°C.

When engine anti-ice is needed:

ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .........................................ON F/O
Confirm that “EAI” is shown on the primary engine display for both engines.

When engine anti-ice is no longer needed:

ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .......................AUTO or OFF F/O
If ice detection is available, position the selectors to AUTO. If ice detection is inoperative, position the selectors to OFF.
Captain First Officer
“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing __ to spot __, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)

Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)
Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.” ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .........................................ON
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Before Taxi Procedure 10T (A)

Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ ON

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
(Once ground equipment is clear) CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Left Clear, Left Clear”
“Flaps __” “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"
Flight controls .......................................................Check

“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.

Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.
Tune Seattle Ground 121.7
“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot ___ ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “Basic Flight Mode DEP, Radar Vectored,
Initial HDG 163, Initial ALT 17000', T/O-2 thrust (Derate
2 Take Off Thrust), N1 83.9%, Runway 16L, Flaps 5, Stab
Trim _, Rudder Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard
Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Before Takeoff Procedure 10T (A)

Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L & Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Read Back
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”

ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.
Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At VR, rotate toward 15° pitch attitude. (Intial rotation 6-8deg) At Vr “ROTATE”
After liftoff, follow F/D commands..
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50' “LNAV”
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “A/P Engaged” “AFDS AutoPilot”
400' (Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF| LNAV | VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5

speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”
Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”
“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CLIMB 10T (A)
Airway intercept OM 11.42 "ELN is out of service. Fly heading 160, intercept V204 YKM V448 MWH”

On MCP rotate Heading selector to align Heading BUG with current Heading. Push on Heading Selector. Rotate to new heading
160. “HDG SEL”
On Route Page 2
Enter Airway V204 in first Via column at L1 Key,
Enter YKM in first TO column at R1 Key,
Modify rest of the fields in such a way that V448 comes on L2 Key and MWH on R2 key, Verify, Activate & Execute.

On Legs page select a waypoint on scratchpad which will be first waypoint post interception. Make it as active waypoint on L1
key. Select INTRCPT CRS To __ on R6. Verify, activate and execute. Also verify LNAV is armed.

10T6S(A): Reset cruise altitude OM 4.10 "Climb and maintain FL 250"

On MCP Altitude Selector enter FL250 and Push. Verify on ND and VNAV Page. If CRZ ALT is FL250 its fine otherwise select
CLB DIR> on VNAV page.

10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO” All
Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Altitude 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“Transition Altitude Set Standard”

Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition altitude
(On EFIS) PUSH STD (On EFIS) PUSH STD
(On ISFD) through BARO
“FL _______” “FL _______”

20,000 feet Procedure 10T (A)

Note: Maintain at least 15 knots above minimum maneuver speed when climbing through FL200 to prevent the EICAS caution message,
“AIRSPEED LOW” from occurring.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURES”
Select WXR display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows, set both CENTER

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 FUEL PUMP switches to ON.
Call “PROCEDURE Complete”

When the FUEL LOW CENTER

message shows, set both CENTER FUEL PUMP switches to
OFF.
Call “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”
*Note : As per takeoff brief / Terrain threats or remains in Terrain mode as per threats
**Note : Company message, when workload is low.

CRUISE 10T (A)

[ ] EFIS/DSP PANEL R QRH NNC.10
Condition: One of these occurs:
•The EFIS/DSP panel is failed
•MFD control of the EFIS/DSP is used
Note: Backup control of the affected EFIS/DSP panel is accessed from the MFD system display, using the EFIS/DSP select key.
The EFIS/DSP BACKUP page can be shown and controlled on any operable MFD.
1 Select SYS on the MFD.
2 Select EFIS/DSP.
3 Select CAPT or F/O.
4 Select EFIS CTRL BACKUP.
5 Use backup control as needed.
■■■■

Prepare for approach OM 11.42 10T6S(A): "Expect the localizer Rwy 32R approach. ILS glideslope is out of service"

Descent Procedure – 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KMWH digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.71 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.71 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS 1490' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS 1490' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR
Select ILS Rwy 32R (select OFF for G/S on R2 Key)
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"Missed approach instructions: Direct EPH, maintain 4,000. Hold SW on the 240 degree radial. Left turns" OM 11.43
Select HOLD on CDU
Since there is an existing HOLD it shows that Hold Page
Select <NEXT HOLD
At L6 Key next to HOLD AT enter EPH
Select left key after RWXX by going on next page, it
Creates a HOLD after MAP.
Now Modify HOLD Altitude to 4000' and radial 240.
Also there will be EPH as a waypoint created on Legs
Page.

There will be a Route Discontinuity on LEGS Page

Go to RTE LEGS Page, remove discontinuity by selecting
EPH after RWXX, also delete existing hold at BATUM.

Verify, activate and Execute.

"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR
Select ILS Rwy 32R (select OFF for G/S on R2 Key)
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Setup ND in MAP mode
Select HOLD on CDU
Since there is an existing HOLD it shows that Hold Page
Select <NEXT HOLD
At L6 Key next to HOLD AT enter EPH
Select left key after RWXX by going on next page, it
Creates a HOLD after MAP.
Now Modify HOLD Altitude to 4000' and radial 240.
Also there will be EPH as a waypoint created on Legs
Page.

There will be a Route Discontinuity on LEGS Page

Go to RTE LEGS Page, remove discontinuity by selecting
EPH after RWXX, also delete existing hold at BATUM.
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute
10T6S(A): [ ] CABIN ALTITUDE QRH NNC.2; FCTM Ch 7
Condition: Cabin altitude is excessive.
1 Don the oxygen masks.
2 Establish crew communications.
3 Check the cabin altitude and rate.
4 If the cabin altitude is uncontrollable:
PASS OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . Push to ON and hold for 1 second
Without delay, descend to the lowest safe altitude or 10,000 feet, whichever is higher.

To descend:
•Move the thrust levers to idle
•Extend the speedbrakes
•If structural integrity is in doubt, limit
airspeed and avoid high maneuvering loads
•Descend at Vmo/Mmo
-----------------------
“MAY DAY - 3 , KMWH CONTROL, AI 87 H, CABIN
ALTITUDE uncontrollable, __NM to EPH, Descending down
to 10000', Inbound for LOC RWY 32R.”
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto
tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS IMWH Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“Flaps 20” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
Appch Briefing – CTOWF
Discuss effect of CABIN ALTITUDE
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

20,000 feet Procedure Descent 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET”
“TWENTY THOUSAND FEET Procedure”
Select Terr display on ND*
Informs company**
Calls “PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Transition Level 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level Set and X-Check altimeters crossing Transition Level
(On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through (On EFIS) PUSH STD if PRESET or set through
Barometeric Selector. Barometeric Selector.
(On ISFD) through BARO
“ Transition Level, Altimeters Set ____”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 10T (A)
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”
Verify the RNP/ANP on ND

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Re Engage VNAV
VNAV path descent OM 11.31; 11.43 FCTM Ch 4 "Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 4,000"

Descent at T/D, make sure you change MCP altitude selector to altitude required, no need to push as at T/D VNAV automatically
starts descending the aircraft.

Radar vectors to approach course 10T6S(A): "Fly heading ___, vectors to the Rwy 32R localizer"

Approach Procedure 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KMWH Appch : “AI 87 H, radar vectors for the LOC runway 32R approach.”
Use HDG SEL to turn Read back

Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying

Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF PELLY on top as active way
point.
“Modify” (Intercept to FAF PELLY as per clearance) Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Landing Procedure – IAN 10T6S(A): HUD-monitored localizer approach

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 10T (A)
IAN should be used only for approaches that have one of the following features:
• a published GP angle on the LEGS page for the final approach segment
• a RWxx waypoint at the approach end of the runway
• a missed approach waypoint before the approach end of the runway,
Use of IAN is not recommended when an approach has a visual maneuver segment that is not in the FMC database.
This procedure is not authorized using QFE.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Initially
• If on radar vectors
• HDG SEL
• Pitch mode (as needed)
• If enroute to a fix
• LNAV or other roll mode
• VNAV or other pitch mode
Notify the cabin crew to prepare for landing.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap extension schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
When on localizer/final approach course intercept heading:
• Verify that the navigation radios are tuned and identified (as needed)
• Verify that the deviation pointers are shown
Arm the APP mode. PUSH APP verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/P armed in pitch mode in
white under current active mode
“LOC|G/P Armed”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Use LNAV, HDG SEL, TRK SEL, HDG HOLD, or TRK Verify LOC in green on FMA
HOLD to intercept the final approach course as needed. “Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway Hdg.
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call
“APPROACHING GLIDE PATH.”
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call:
• “GEAR DOWN”
• “FLAPS 20”
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”
Set the speedbrake lever to ARMED.
Verify G/P in green on FMA “G/P Captured”
At glide path capture, call “FLAPS___”
as needed for landing. Set the flap lever as directed
Set MAP ____' altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
“KMWH TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC Rwy 32R”
Go-around Procedure OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 Missed approach – runway heading
KMWH Twr : “Go - Around”
Go-around Procedure Missed approach as cleared "Hold at EPH as cleared. Expect further clearance at ___"
Modify EFC on HOLD PAGE.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Go-Around and Missed Approach 10T (A)
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
At the same time:
• Push the TO/GA switch
• Call “FLAPS 20”
Position the flap lever to 20.
Verify:
• The rotation to go–around attitude
• That the thrust increases
Verify that the thrust is sufficient for the go-around or adjust as
needed.
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call
“POSITIVE RATE.”
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call “GEAR
UP.”
Set the landing gear lever to UP.
Above 400 feet radio altitude, verify or select a roll mode. Verify that the missed approach altitude ____' is set.
Published missed approach procedure
Verify that the missed approach route is tracked. I.e RUNWAY HEADING
At acceleration height, set speed to the maneuver speed for the
planned flap setting.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap retraction schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
After flaps are set to the planned flap setting and at or above the
flap maneuvering speed, select FLCH or VNAV as needed.
Verify that climb thrust is set.
Verify that the missed approach altitude is captured.
Call “AFTER TAKEOFF Do the AFTER TAKEOFF checklist.
CHECKLIST.”
AFTER TAKEOFF checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
“AFTER TAKEOFF checklist Completed”

with an LNAV path available, LNAV automatically arms and activates:

• above 50 feet radio altitude when autopilot is not engaged, or
• above 200 feet radio altitude when autopilot is engaged

Divert to KGEG KMWH is below minimums in fog

Send COMM message requesting diversion to KGEG. Company uplinks approval

on MFD Select COMM → Company → Diversion

once approval comes Divert to KGEG (UPLINK has been received then select ACCEPT or REJECT as per your decision. )

Ask KMWH approach for clearance to KGEG. ATC will clear you as shown here
"Cleared to exit holding. Cleared to KGEG via after EPH direct GEG. Report passing EPH"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Select ALTN on CDU / FMC COMM / RTE Pg 1
List of 4 nearest ALTN destinations are mentioned or you can select <REQUEST under ALTN on L5 key.

By default nearest ALTN airport is selected automatically, each alternate airport data can be accessed by selecting corresponding
right key. Select KGEG

Thereby giving option to divert DIRECT TO / OFFSET / OVERHEAD.

VIA OVERHEAD
Select –
• with scratchpad empty, selects OVERHEAD option
• with overhead data (EPH) in scratchpad, enters overhead data. Does not select overhead route option
Displays active waypoint in flight plan.
The waypoints up to the selected or entered overhead waypoint are retained, then routing is direct to the alternate airport. All
waypoints after overhead waypoint are deleted. Verify & Execute.

Select HOLD on CDU

Select EXIT HOLD>
EXIT ARMED

On RTE LEGS Page modify and enter GEG after EPH, Verify Activate and Execute.

“KMWH TWR – AI 87H, overhead EPH direct to GEG at -----' ”

Reset FMC to climb phase OM 11.31.36 "Climb and maintain 11,000" Set higher cruise altitude on CLB page

Missed Approach
A missed approach is accomplished by selection of either TO/GA switch. The following features are available:
• VNAV can only be activated when the airplane climbs above 400 feet radio altitude
• if an LNAV path is available, LNAV automatically activates:
• above 50 feet radio altitude when autopilot is not engaged, or
• above 200 feet radio altitude when autopilot is engaged
Note: Route discontinuities after the missed approach point will prevent the TO/GA to LNAV function from engaging.
• all descent altitude constraints below the current airplane altitude are deleted; the waypoints are retained in the active
flight plan
• the new cruise altitude becomes the greater of the MCP altitude or the highest altitude in the missed approach procedure
• the FMC transitions from active descent to active climb. This transition also occurs when the airplane climbs
toward the MCP altitude and flaps are retracted from a landing position (25 or 30 towards 20, or 20 towards 5).
For example, when a missed approach is accomplished without pushing the TO/GA switch
• AFDS guidance to fly the published missed approach procedure to the new cruise altitude is active when VNAV (and
LNAV) are selected
• when cruise phase is active, the speed target is the most restrictive of speed transition, best hold speed, or ECON
cruise (above speed transition altitude)

Tune APP- 133.35

10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (A) after Go Around

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO” All
Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Prepare for approach "Expect radar vectors to the ILS Rwy 03"

Re-Descent Procedure – 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KGEG digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.76 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.76 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KGEG ARR
Select ILS Rwy 3
Select transition as per clearances
(Since Radar Vectors being provided hence there is route
discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select ILS Rwy 3
Select transition as per clearances
(Since Radar Vectors being provided hence there is route
discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute
Cruise event 10T6S(A):
[ ] FLAP/SLAT CONTROL QRH NNC.9.12
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto
tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR GEG auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps 20” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
EFB – calculate landing performance OM 10.70, 10.80
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
Appch Briefing – CTOWF
Discuss effect of Hydraulic SYS Press C
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

VNAV path descent "Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 4,000"

On MCP Altitude selector enter 4000' and verify that at T/D aircraft starts descending.

Re-Approach Procedure 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KGEG Appch : “AI 87 H, Turn right, heading ___, vectors to the ILS Rwy 03.”
Use HDG SEL to change HDG... Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance) Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF on top as active way point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

Execute

“Confirm” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

Verify VSD on
“Updated APPCH briefing”
“Appch Checklist” Compelete Appch Checklist
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
HUD-monitored ILS RWY 3 OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Crosswind Perform Autoland

2nd Landing Procedure 10T (A)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Use Alternate FLAP selector to control flaps due FLAP/SLAT Control and flaps 20 max
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in
white under current active mode “LOC|G/S
Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway Hdg. “Localizer Captured”

“KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”

“KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 3”
KGEG Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 20 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”
At 500' “LAND 3”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Roll Procedure 10T (A)
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“KGEG TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
KGEG TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on ___”
Readback
Tune to ___

After Landing Procedure 10T (A)

PM will accomplish the After Landing Procedures when:
• Airplane is clear of the active runway.
• when both crewmembers have confirmed and understood taxi clearance/routing (which is very important especially in LVP, heavy
• rain/snow conditions, hot spots or cross runway operations) the cue to start the After Landing Procedures is when the above two
• conditions are satisfied and
• captain calls “ AFTER LANDING PROCEDURE”, or
• moves the SPEEDBRAKE lever to DOWN.
Engine cooldown recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting no higher than that normally used for all engine taxi operations

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

On ND WX switch OFF
SPEEDBRAKE LEVER DOWN
APU Selector START
then ON
ENGINE ANTI ICE Selector AUTO
All Landing LT Switches (except R/W turnoff and Taxi
lights) OFF
TERR switch on ND OFF
AUTO BRAKE Selector OFF
FLAPS UP
Transponder Selector XPDR

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Approaching Parking Stand and Shutdown Procedure 10T (A)
Captain First Officer
Entering Parking Bay “ TAXI LIGHT OFF” Selects TAXI LIGHT OFF

Once Taxi completed set PARKING BRAKE

verify with PARKING BRAKE SET msg on EICAS If APU power required Check APU RUNNING msg

If external power is needed verify

FWD EXT PWR AVAIL light illuminated.
PUSH FWD EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.

If AFT EXT PWR AVAIL light is illuminated:

PUSH AFT EXT PWR switch ON light illuminated.
FUEL CONTROL switches ................................ CUTOFF
“EGT WINDING DOWN”
“ENGINES SHUTDOWN”

“SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES” PA – “Cabin crew disarm doors, Cross check and confirm”
Verify the same on DOOR Synoptic and EICAS

HYDRAULIC panel .................................................... Set

L ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
C1 & C2 ELEC pump selectors – OFF
R ELEC DMD pump selector – OFF
SEAT BELTS selector................................................ OFF
FUEL PUMP switches................................................ OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE switch......................................AUTO
RUNWAY TURN OFF switches ................................ OFF
BEACON light switch................................................ OFF
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF FLIGHT DIRECTOR switches .................................. OFF
Transponder mode selector .....................................STBY
EFB CLOSE FLIGHT EFB CLOSE FLIGHT
Status messages ...................................................Check
After wheel chocks are in place:
“Ground- Cockpit, Releasing Brakes.”
Parking brake................................................. Release
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST.” Do SHUTDOWN checklist.
Hydraulic panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Set
Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Off
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off "Checked"
“SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST Completed.”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Lesson 10T (B)

Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 10T (B)

CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 10T (B)
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 10T (B) Icing Conditions
BEFORE START PROCEDURES 10T (B)
Engine Start Procedure 10T (B) (Cold Weather)
Before Taxi Procedure 10T (B)
Before Takeoff Procedure 10T (B)
CLIMB 10T (B)
10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (B)
CRUISE 10T (B)
Descent Procedure – 10T (B)
10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 10T (B)
Approach Procedure 10T (B)
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 10T (B)
Go-Around and Missed Approach 10T (B)
10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (B) after Go Around
Re-Descent Procedure – 10T (B)
Re-Approach Procedure 10T (B)
2nd Landing Procedure 10T (B)
Landing Roll Procedure 10T (B)
After Landing Procedure 10T (B)

FFS familiarization
• FFS emergency egress briefing
• Seat controls
• Seat position
• HUD combiner
• Tiller
• Flight deck lighting
• Toe brakes/parking brake
• Headsets
• (Voice ATIS works in FFS)
ATIS -118.0, CLR - 128.0, GND - 121.7, TWR - 119.9, DEP - 119.2

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preliminary Preflight Procedure (First Officer) 10T (B)
Captain First Officer
IRS selectors - “OFF”
Clock - “ON” 30 secs
IRS selectors - “ON”
ON BAT light - “Extinguished”

Status Messages (Only expected messages shown)

Oxygen Qty & Pressure
Hydraulic Oil Qty
Eng Oil Qty

FLIGHT DECK ACCESS TEST (Once each Flight Day)

Flight deck door “Open”
Flight deck door access selector “AUTO”
Flight deck door power switch “OFF”

DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message shows.

Flight deck door power switch “ON”

FD DOOR LOCK FAIL EICAS advisory message blanks.

Emergency access code “Enter”

ENT key “Push”
FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning msg
shows, master WARNING lights on & aural alert sounds.

Flight deck door access selector “DENY”

FD DOOR AUTO UNLOCK EICAS warning message
blanks.

Flight deck door access selector “UNLKD”

Maintenance documents “Check”

2 Flash Lights “Stowed”

4 QDM' s “Stowed”
4 Life Jackets (2 behind each Capt & F/O seat) “Stowed”
Flight deck overhead door “Closed and latched”
4 Emergency Descent Devices - “Stowed”
Fire extinguisher “Checked and stowed”
Crash axe “Stowed”
1 pair of Gloves “Stowed”
1 PBE (Blue dot, Temper Sealed) “Stowed”

Parking brake “As needed”

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT
INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
First Officer will inform Captain and go for external inspection. Refer SOP or CBT.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CDU/EFB Preflight Procedure - Captain and First Officer 10T (B)
Failure to enter enroute winds can result in flight plan time and fuel burn errors. Insert enroute winds and temperatures on Route data page for
correct ETA / Fuel predictions – Time permitting during preflight or insert wind data to FIR point and do remaining when stabilized in CRZ.
Note 1: Insert winds as per flight plan. Manually insert STEP CLIMB on LEGS page, as required, taking into account difference in Expected
Takeoff Weight and Actual Takeoff Weight. Enter Way point winds if difference in wind direction is >30° or wind speed is >30Kts.
Note 2: It is preferable to insert winds at FIR waypoints, since these waypoints are definitely over flown. Other waypoints may be removed by
a DIRECT TO clearance. If Abeam waypoints are not selected, wind data are lost.
Note 3: for NAT insert Wind and Temperature data for ALL oceanic waypoints.

Captain First Officer

Initial Data ....................................................................Set
CDU IDENT page: that the MODEL is correct.
that the ENG RATING is correct.
navigation database ACTIVE date range is current.

CDU POS INIT page: that the time is correct.

Enter the present position on the SET INERTIAL POS
line, if needed. Use the most accurate lat and long.

Navigation Data............................................................Set
CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Enter Destination “KMWH”
Enter the FLT NO. “87”

CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.

V187 FEBUS, V448 MWH
the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.

CDU DEPARTURES page:

Select the runway 16L.
Select SEATTLE ---
Select Transition
( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Execute

Progress Page : 1 total approximate Distance

Prog Pg : 4 / Pos Ref Pg : 2 ANP/RNP as per route.

NAV RADIO page: Tune the navigation radios as needed.

No manual frequencies should be there.

Electronic Flight Bag: Power On EFB

Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
correct documents are loaded.
Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Preflight Procedure – Captain & First Officer 10T (B) Icing Conditions
During the hydraulic panel preflight, if all electric pump selectors are found selected ON and the APU is running, maintenance
personnel may have performed a maintenance procedure for cold weather hydraulic system warm-up. If maintenance personnel
have performed the cold weather hydraulic system warm-up procedure, leave the electric pump selectors ON and the APU
running. This ensures all four hydraulic electric pumps remain operating and the hydraulic fluid remains warmed.

During the Before Start Procedure, select all electric pumps AUTO and resume normal procedures for operation of the hydraulic
systems.
Note: If the fuel temperature is less than or equal to -17 degrees C, and if the electric hydraulic pump selectors are in the AUTO or
OFF position for more than 10 minutes prior to engine hydraulic pump operation, notify maintenance personnel.
Captain First Officer
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
TAIL switch – “NORM”
WINGS switch – “NORM”
HEADING REFERENCE switch “NORM”

PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS DISCONNECT

switch “Guard closed”
DISC light extinguished.

BATTERY switch – “ON”

OFF light extinguished.
IFE/PASS SEATS power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
CABIN/UTILITY power switch – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
APU GENERATOR switches – “ON”
OFF light extinguished.
GENERATOR CONTROL switches – “ON”
OFF lights illuminated.
DRIVE lights illuminated.

APU selector (as needed) “START, then ON”

FAULT light extinguished.
Without external power on the airplane, when the APU is started on
the ground, the equipment cooling override valve motors will be load
shed, and the OVRD VALVE FWD MOTOR 2 and OVRD VALVE
AFT MOTOR 2 status messages will show. After engine start, the
motors will be powered and the messages will clear automatically.

L HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

L WIPER selector “OFF”
TOWING POWER panel lights “Extinguished”
FLIGHT DECK DOOR POWER switch “OFF”
CCR RESET switches “Guards closed”
EMERGENCY LIGHTS switch “Guard closed”
SERVICE INTERPHONE switch “OFF”

PASSENGER OXYGEN ON light “extinguished”

BACKUP WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 PRIMARY WINDOW HEAT switches – “ON”
INOP lights extinguished.

RAM AIR TURBINE UNLOCKED light

“extinguished”

Land R ENGINE PRIMARY pump switches – “ON”

FAULT lights illuminated.
C1 and C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “ON/OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.
L and R ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selectors
“ON/OFF”
FAULT lights illuminated.

SEAT BELT SIGNS selector “OFF”

OVERHEAD panel light control – “Mid position”

MASTER BRIGHTNESS switch – “ON”
MASTER BRIGHTNESS control – “Mid position”
GLARESHIELD PANEL light control – “Mid position”
LANDING light switches – “OFF”
OPERATIONS MANUAL AI – OPS - 001

GROUND TEST selector “NORM”

APU fire panel

APU BTL DISCH light extinguished.
APU fire switch – “In”
APU fire warning light extinguished.

CARGO FIRE ARM switches – “Off”

FWD and AFT fire warning lights extinguished.
cargo fire DISCH light extinguished.

EEC MODE switches – “NORM”

START selectors – “NORM”

FUEL JETTISON NOZZLE switches – “Off”

VALVE lights extinguished.
FUEL TO REMAIN selector – “In”
FUEL JETTISON ARM switch – “Off”
FAULT light extinguished.

CROSSFEED switch – “OFF”

VALVE light extinguished.
FUEL PUMP switches – “OFF”
left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished if APU is on or is
illuminated if APU is off.
left and right pump PRESS lights illuminated.
center pump PRESS lights extinguished.
Fuel BALANCE switch – “Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ON light and FAULT light extinguished.

WING anti–ice selector – “AUTO”

ENGINE anti–ice selectors – “AUTO”

BEACON light switch – “OFF”

NAVIGATION light switch – “ON”
LOGO light switch – “ON”
WING light switch – “OFF”
INDICATOR LIGHTS switch – “As needed”
RUNWAY TURNOFF light switches – “OFF”
TAXI light switch – “OFF”
STROBE light switch – “OFF”
ELT switch “Guard closed”
HUMIDIFICATION switch “ON”

FORWARD & BULK CARGO TEMPERATURE switch

“AUTO”
OFF light extinguished.

EQUIPMENT COOLING switches – “AUTO”

OVRD lights extinguished.
RECIRCULATION FANS switches – “ON”
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE control – “Mid pos”
CABIN TEMPERATURE control – “Mid position”
PACK switches – “AUTO”
OFF lights extinguished if APU running.
TRIM AIR switches – “ON”
FAULT lights extinguished.
VENTILATION switch – “NORM”
ALTN light extinguished.

OUTFLOW VALVE switches – “AUTO”

MAN lights extinguished.
LANDING ALTITUDE selector – “IN”
R WIPER selector “OFF”
R HUD BRIGHTNESS control “In”

FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”

Display select panel

Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications
no exceedance shown on EICAS.

MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO”

MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH”
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed”
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA”
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting”
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 ND mode select switch – “Push”
MENU – “Select”
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD”
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5”
Displays airport map
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid
flight crew positional awareness only.

ND WXR switch – “Off”

ND TFC Switch “ON”
ND TERR switch – “Off”

Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display

4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi
Request CAPT to remove Head Set
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed”
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold”
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the
MINIMUMS reference selector – “BARO” EMERGENCY/TEST selector.
MINIMUMS selector – “DA/DH” yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator.
FLIGHT PATH VECTOR switch – “As needed”
METERS switch – “As needed” RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –
BAROMETRIC reference selector – “IN/HPA” Release
BAROMETRIC selector – “local altimeter setting” yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator.
ND mode selector – “Select MAP”
ND mode select switch – “Push” Normal/100% selector – “100%”
MENU – “Select” Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display
Map selections – “Both VOR & VSD” that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch.
ND CENTER switch – “Expanded”
ND range selector – “0.5” Electronic Flight Bag:
Displays airport map Power On EFB
CAUTION: Do not use the Airport Map application as a primary
navigation reference. The Airport Map application is designed to aid Select INITIALIZE FLIGHT.
flight crew positional awareness only. databases are current on the EFB IDENT page.
Review FAULTs, MEMOs, and MSGs in System.
ND WXR switch – “Off” correct documents are loaded.
ND TFC Switch “ON” Select TERMINAL CHARTS as needed, Edit Clip.
ND TERR switch – “Off”
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
Display select panel INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness
Secondary Engine Indication showing existing Indications and CONTRAST controls “Mid position”
no exceedance shown on EICAS. AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO”
PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
FLIGHT DIRECTOR switch “ON”
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments.
AUTOTHROTTLE ARM switches – “ARM”
Autopilot DISENGAGE bar – “UP” AUX Panel :

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
HEADING/TRACK reference switch – “HDG” Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code,
BANK LIMIT selector – “AUTO” SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped
V/S| FPA reference switch – “As needed” Primary Flight Display (PFD)
ALTITUDE increment selector – “As needed” FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display AFDS FLT DIR
4 Crew >= 860 psi, 3 crew ~> 700 psi ,2 crew ~> 500 psi Roll Bar Centered
Request First Officer to remove Head Set Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
Oxygen mask – “Stowed & doors closed” No V Speed Flag
RESET/TEST switch – “Push & hold” QNH set
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator.
Press RED CLIP on side Mini Map
yellow cross shows momentarily in the flow indicator. Ground Speed Zero
Switch on HOT MIC, Interphone, Speaker Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
Hold the RESET/TEST switch and push the Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
EMERGENCY/TEST selector. Runway Depicted Correctly
yellow cross shows continuously in the flow indicator. TCAS OFF Flag
Both ADF Displayed
RESET/TEST switch and EMERGENCY/TEST selector –
Release Navigation Display (ND)
yellow cross does not show in the flow indicator. Ground Speed Zero
Range as selected
Normal/100% selector – “100%” Track Magnetic
Crew oxygen pressure – Check STATUS display Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass
that the pressure is sufficient for dispatch. Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline &
Runway Depicted Correctly
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG Set TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed
FORWARD PANEL brightness control “Mid position”
INBOARD and OUTBOARD DISPLAY brightness Landing gear lever – “DOWN”
and CONTRAST controls “Mid position” ALTERNATE GEAR switch – “Guard closed”
AIR DATA/ATTITUDE source selector “AUTO” AUTOBRAKE selector – “RTO”
PFD/MFD selector “NORM”
MFD...........................................................................Check
IRS alignment is complete before checking the flight instruments. INFO display switch “Push”
Selected Airport Database Current
AUX Panel : Select the status display.
Flight Number, MIC Position, Transponder Code, Status messages – Check
SELCAL Code, Tail No., Date & Time Elasped CHECKLIST display switch – “Push”
Primary Flight Display (PFD) RESETS – “Select”
FMA Blank|TOGA|TOGA Airline database “Select inactive”
Airspeed and Altitude Matching MCP Window Airline database “Select current”
AFDS FLT DIR that the AIRLINE DATABASE is correct
Roll Bar Centered RESET ALL – “Select”
Pitch Bar 8° Nose Up
No V Speed Flag Navigation Data............................................................Set
QNH set CDU RTE page: 1
Enter Origin “KSEA”
Mini Map Enter Destination “KMWH”
Ground Speed Zero Enter the FLT NO. “87”
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND & Compass

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & CDU RTE page: 2 Enter the route.
Runway Depicted Correctly V187 FEBUS, V448 MWH
TCAS OFF Flag the same on ND (Dashed Cyan Inactive RTE, Dashed
Both ADF Displayed White Active RTE, Solid Magenta Active & Exe)
ACTIVATE and execute the route.
Navigation Display (ND)
Ground Speed Zero CDU DEPARTURES page:
Range as selected Select the runway 16L.
Track Magnetic Select SEATTLE ---
Heading Aligned with PFD, ND, ISFD & Compass Select Transition
Active Waypoint, Departure Routing, Trackline & ( the Route on Legs pg remove discontinuity if any)
Runway Depicted Correctly Execute
TCAS OFF Flag
Both VOR, ANP/RNP, GPS updated, VSD Displayed Progress Page : 1
total approximate Distance
Integrated standby flight display approach mode display Progress Page : 4 / Position Ref Page : 2
“blank” ANP/RNP as per route.
Set local altimeter setting & flight instrument indications
are correct. No flags or messages are shown. NAV RADIO page:
Tune the navigation radios as needed. No manual
SPEEDBRAKE lever “DOWN” frequencies should be there.
Reverse thrust levers “Down”
Forward thrust levers “Closed” Left tuning and control “OFF light extinguished”
Flap lever Set Observer’s audio control panel “As needed”
The flap position indicator does not show when the flaps are up. Set FLIGHT DECK DOOR ACCESS selector “AUTO”
the flap lever to agree with the flap position on EICAS.
ENG BTL 1 & BTL 2 DISCH lights “extinguished.”
Parking brake “Set” Engine fire switches – “IN”
PARKING BRAKE SET message is shown. LEFT and RIGHT fire warning lights extinguished.
STABILIZER cutout switches “Guards closed” G/S Inhibit BELOW G/S light “extinguished”
FUEL CONTROL switches “CUTOFF” TRANSPONDER MODE selector “STBY”
FUEL CONTROL switch fire warning lights AURAL CANCEL light “Extinguished”
“extinguished” Center tuning & control panel OFF light “extinguished”

ALTERNATE FLAPS ARM switch – “Off” Flight deck printer .

ALTERNATE FLAPS selector – “OFF” FAIL and PAPER lights “extinguished”
printer power “ON”
Left tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
VHF - Set, HF – Set Right tuning and control panel OFF light “extinguished”
GPWS VHF - Set, HF – Set
WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto) GPWS
GAIN and MODE – As needed WEATHER RADAR – Select (Wx + T, Auto)
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative) GAIN and MODE – As needed
TRANSPONDER – Select (2000, Above & Relative)
First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON First officer’s audio control panel
4 Recievers, 1 Transmitter & 1 Speaker ON
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference. FLOOR LIGHTS switch “As needed”
Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank. EVACUATION COMMAND switch “Guard closed”
Observer AUDIO selector “NORM”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
HUD combiner “Down” AISLE STAND PANEL light control “Mid position”
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust” AISLE STAND FLOOD light control “Mid position”
Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Adjust the seat for optimum eye reference.
Call “PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST.” Adjust the rudder pedals to allow full rudder pedal &
brake pedal movement. Stow rudder pedal & adjust crank.
Note 1: Prior to takeoff the maximum allowable difference between
Captain’s or First Officer’s altitude display and field elevation is 75'. HUD combiner “Down”
Note 2: The standby altimeter does not meet altimeter accuracy
requirements of RVSM airspace. After preflight C/L, display door
HUD BRIGHTNESS control “Adjust”
synoptic and status messages on any two MFDs. Seat belt and shoulder harness “Adjust”
Do the PREFLIGHT checklist on the captain’s command.
Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tested, 100% Tested, 100%
Flight instruments . . . . . . . . Heading___, Altimeter___
Heading___, Altimeter___ "Checked"
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Set "Checked"
FUEL CONTROL switches . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
CUTOFF "Checked"
PREFLIGHT CHECKLIST “Complete”
Tune Seattle Clearance 128.0 on Right TCP & Contact

“Seattle Clearance AI 87 H parked on gate S10 ready for

departure request Clearance.”
ATC - “Boeing Trainer 87 Heavy is cleared to Grant County Intl airport. SEATTLE __ departure. Expect radar vectors to
intercept V187. Climb and maintain 17,000. Seattle departure control 119.2, squawk 4316”
Write Down
Set 17000' on MCP ALTITUDE Selector Read back
Tune TCP for frequency & squawk code.
CTWO Briefing (refer SOP II-73)
C – Charts (Taxiway charts and Departure charts)
T – Terrain
W – Weather (ATIS)
O – Operational
Except for the Terrain module “Nil Significant” may be used when
crew familiarity, weather etc permit.
Terrain module must always include Sector MSA and Highest MSA
Kindly read out Rejected Take Off Maneuvers and “ Read Out”
Evacuation NNC.
Are Papers on Board ? Papers on Board.
Captain First Officer
Read Out Data and Verify

CDU PERF INIT page: CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the Enter the
ZFW. 129,300 Kg ZFW. 129,300 Kg
Fuel 18,200 Kg Fuel 18,200 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg Reserves 4100 Kg

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
CRZ Alt 17000' CRZ Alt 17000'
Cost Index 100 Cost Index 100
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree. FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight. fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 147,700 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers GR WT 147,700 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers
agree. agree.

THRUST LIM page: 0º OAT is displayed. THRUST LIM page: 0º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT): EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):
Select PERFORMANCE page. Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as
needed. needed.
Runway Contaminated/Compact Snow Runway Contaminated/Compact Snow
Assumed Temp MAX Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT Flap Config OPT
CG 25% CG 25%
(Assumed temp doesn't hold good for Contaminated Rwy) (Assumed temp doesn't hold good for Contaminated Rwy)
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations. Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating. Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx) V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer. Verify data Read Out by Captain.
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be
entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC. accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB. Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.
Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC. TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT
may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE
and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page. and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages: CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF
1/2 V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx) and 2/2 pages 1/2 V1=115, Vr=127, V2=135 (Approx) and 2/2 pages.
EO Acceleration HT 1000' EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000' Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500' THR Reduction 1500'

Select ACCEPT on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page. CDU Display : Legs Page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 135 Kts
• Arm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 163º

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 • Initial altitude – ------'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

Exterior doors ............................................. closed

(Post Crew information, verify on Door Synoptic and

EICAS)
“Ground Cockpit – Confirm Aircraft Clear, All Doors
Closed, All Gear Pins, Covers Removed. Nose Gear
Steering Locked Out. Cleared To Pressurize Hydraulics?”
Ground - “Cleared to Pressurize Hydraulics Capt.”
“Ground Cockpit – STAND BY FOR PUSHBACK”
Tune Seattle South Ramp – ____
“Seattle South Ramp AI 87 H parked on Gate S10,request
Start Up and Push Back. Departing via Rwy 16L”
ATC – “AI 87 start up and push back approved, push back facing ___ to ___.”
Read back the clearance
“BEFORE START PROCEDURES”

Before start: New ZFW is 292,000 lbs. CG now 28%

New ZFW in KGS 132,449 Kgs

CDU PERF INIT page:

Enter the ZFW. 132,449 Kg
Fuel 18,200 Kg
Reserves 4100 Kg
CRZ Alt 17000'
Cost Index 100
FUEL on the CDU, dispatch papers, & EICAS agree.
fuel is sufficient for flight.
GR WT 150,649 Kg on the CDU and the dispatch papers agree.

THRUST LIM page: 0º OAT is displayed.

EFB Onboard Performance Tool (OPT):

Select PERFORMANCE page.
Select COPY FMC DATA and load performance data as needed.
Runway Contaminated/Compact Snow
Assumed Temp MAX
Flap Config OPT
CG 28%
(Assumed temp doesn't hold good for Contaminated Rwy)
Select CALC to complete the performance calculations.
Review and crosscheck V speeds and engine thrust rating.
V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136 (Approx)
Read Out Data & Once Verified by First Officer.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Select SEND OUTPUT.

Note: Accurate weight, CG, and other performance data must be

entered in final EFB performance calculations to ensure
accurate data is output to the FMC.

Note SEND OUTPUT may be accomplished from either EFB.

Attempts to SEND OUTPUT simultaneously from both EFBs will
be unsuccessful and disable the transfer function. Select SEND
TO FMC to transfer the performance data to the FMC.

Note: The EFB Onboard Performance Tool displayed ACCEL HT may differ from FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. When a difference
occurs, use the FMC displayed EO ACCEL HT. Select COMPLETE and FMC uplink displays on the FMC TAKEOFF REF page.

CDU TAKEOFF REF pages:

the performance data is correct on the TAKEOFF REF 1/2 V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136 (Approx) and 2/2 pages
EO Acceleration HT 1000'
Accel HT 3000'
THR Reduction 1500'
CDU Display : TAKEOFF REF 1/2 page.

MCP........................................................................ Set
• IAS/MACH selector – 136 Kts
• Arm LNAV & VNAV
• Initial heading or track – 163º
• Initial altitude – ------'

Taxi and Takeoff briefings .................................Complete

(Brief about change in ZFW and CG)

BEFORE START PROCEDURES 10T (B)

Captain First Officer
“Cabin Crew all Doors to AUTOMATIC, CROSS
CHECK
If pushback is needed: AND CONFIRM”
Nose gear steering ................................ locked out Check for EICAS memo message DOORS AUTO /
DOOR synoptic indication
WARNING: If the tow bar is connected, do not pressurize the hydraulic systems until the nose gear steering is locked out. Unwanted
tow bar movement can occur.
FD DOOR Power Switch ON
Hydraulic Panel
R ELEC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
C1 & C2 ELECTRIC pump selectors – “AUTO”
FAULT lights extinguished.
L ELECTRIC DEMAND pump selector – “AUTO”
FAULT light extinguished.
Seat Belt Sign Selector “ON”
Fuel panel
LEFT and RIGHT FUEL PUMP switches – “ON”
PRESS lights illuminated because of load shedding. If the APU is

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 running, the left aft pump PRESS light is extinguished.

(If the FUEL IN CENTER message shows:

CENTER FUEL PUMP switches – ON
Both PRESS lights illuminate until after engine start because of load
shedding.)
BEACON light switch “ON”
Trim ....................................................................... Set Transponder Selector XPDR
Stabilizer trim – “___ UNITS” ENG switch Push
Set the trim for takeoff. that the trim is in the greenband. CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
Rudder trim – “0 units” that only the expected alert messages are shown generally 4.
CANCEL/RECALL switch “Push”
that the messages cancel only after Capt acknowledges it.
“BEFORE START CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE START checklist.
Flight deck door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" Closed and locked
Passenger signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" On
MCP . . . . . . . . . . .. V2___, HDG/TRK___, ALTITUDE
V2 136, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE 17000 V2 136, HDG/TRK163, ALTITUDE 17000
Takeoff speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1___, VR___, V2___
V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136 V1=115, Vr=129, V2=136
CDU preflight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed "Checked"
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Units, 0 "Checked"
Taxi and takeoff briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
BEFORE START checklist “Complete”

Engine Start Procedure 10T (B) (Cold Weather)

Do the normal Engine Start Procedure with the following considerations:
• oil pressure may be slow to rise
• initial oil pressure rise may be higher than normal
• additional warm-up time may be needed to allow oil temperature to reach the normal range
• displays may require additional warm-up time before displayed engine indications accurately show changing values.
Displays may appear less bright than normal

Engine Anti-ice Operation - On the Ground

Engine anti-ice must be selected ON immediately after both engines are started and remain on during all ground operations when
icing conditions exist or are anticipated, except when the temperature is below -40°C OAT.

WARNING: Do not rely on airframe visual icing cues before activating engine anti-ice. Use the temperature and visible
moisture criteria because late activation of engine anti-ice may allow excessive ingestion of ice and result in engine damage
or failure.
CAUTION: Do not use engine anti-ice when OAT is above 10°C.

When engine anti-ice is needed:

ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .........................................ON F/O
Confirm that “EAI” is shown on the primary engine display for both engines.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
When engine anti-ice is no longer needed:
ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .......................AUTO or OFF F/O
If ice detection is available, position the selectors to AUTO. If ice detection is inoperative, position the selectors to OFF.
Captain First Officer
“Ground – Cockpit, we are ready for push back, push back
facing __ to spot __, call when to release brakes.”
Ground - “Release Brakes Capt.”
CAUTION: Do not turn the nose wheel tiller during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
CAUTION: Don't use airplane brakes to stop the airplane during pushback or towing. This can damage the nose gear or the tow bar.
“Releasing Parking Brakes” Brakes Released

“Ground – Cockpit, Engine start sequence is Right

followed by Left, Call when ready to start Engine.”
Ground – “Ready to start engines, start right engine followed by left engine.”
ENG (Push to display secondary engine indication on
EICAS)
“Start Right Engine”
Right Engine Start Selector “Start”
Right Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)
(After 5 Secs) Right Engine Normal/Started
“Start Left Engine”
Left Engine Start Selector “Start”
Left Fuel Control Switch “RUN” (Monitor Eng Indications call out for any abnormality)

Left Engine Normal/Started

(Once RUNNING is gone)
Both engines stable, idle.
“Ground – Cockpit, Call when to set brakes.” ENGINE ANTI-ICE selectors .........................................ON
(This can be accomplished before engines start provided push back
has been completed.)
Ground – “Push Back completed, Set Brakes at your will. Capt.”
“Ground – Parking Brakes set” Set Brakes
“Ground – Cockpit, Remove external sources, Nose Gear
Steering not locked, Pin and Hand signals on ____ Side.”
Ground – “Roger.”
“Before Taxi Procedure.”

Before Taxi Procedure 10T (B)

Captain First Officer
APU selector ........................................................... OFF

ENGINE ANTI–ICE selectors ............................ ON

Transponder selector …....................................... XPDR
(Once ground equipment is clear) Secondary ENG indication................................... OFF
“Left Clear, Left Clear” CANC/RCL.......................................................... Push
“Flaps __”
Flight controls .......................................................Check “Flaps __Selected" Moving "Flaps ___"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST.” Do the BEFORE TAXI checklist.
Anti-ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" ON
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" RTO
Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked "Checked"
Ground equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Clear
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST Completed.
Tune Seattle Ground 121.7
“Seattle Ground AI 87 H, Parked at spot ___ ready for
runway 16L, request Instructions. Over.”
Seattle Ground – “AI 87 cleared for taxi to Holding spot C via taxiway B.”
Read Back

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring

T/O briefing - “Basic Flight Mode DEP, Radar Vectored,
Initial HDG 163, Initial ALT 17000', T/O-2 thrust (Derate
2 Take Off Thrust), N1 83.9%, Runway 16L, Flaps 5, Stab
Trim _, Rudder Trim 0, Standard Instructions, Standard
Call out.
Switch on Runway Turn off and Taxi lights Runway Turnoff Light Switches “ON”
Runway Taxi Light Switch “ON”
“Left Clear, Front clear” “Right Clear, Front Clear”
Releasing Parking Brakes Brakes released

Before Takeoff Procedure 10T (B)

Engine warm up requirements:
• Engine oil temperature must be above the bottom of the temperature scale Engine warm up recommendations:
• Run the engines for at least 3 minutes
• Use a thrust setting normally used for taxi operations
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
P.A. “Cabin Crew prepare for takeoff.”
Seattle Ground - “AI 87 H hold short of Runway 16L at C, contact TWR on 119.9.”
Readback
Tune TWR 119.9
Contact TWR - “Seattle TWR AI 87 H at Holding at C for
runway 16L. Over.”
Seattle TWR - “AI 87 H clear to line up runway 16L & Cleared for TAKE OFF.”
Read Back
Cabin Ready Message on EICAS
“Crew at station for Take Off”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Weather “ON” Terrain “ON”
ND Range 20 ND Range 40
(Before entering the departure runway, verify that the runway and
runway entry point are correct.)

Verify Brakes Released.

All light switches “ON”
Align the airplane with runway.
(Verify the airplane heading agrees with runway heading.)
CHKLIST display switch Push
Transponder Mode selector TA/RA
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 15 set "Checked"
“TAKE OFF CLEARANCE OBTAINED”
“BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE”
“CHECKLIST COMPLETED”
Advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N1.
Allow the engines as stabilize. Monitor EICAS Call out for any abnormality.
Push the TO/GA switch &.

“TAKEOFF THRUST SET” “| THR REF | TO/GA | TO/GA |”

“Thrust Set”
After takeoff thrust is set, the Captain’s hand must be on the thrust
levers until V1.
Monitor airspeed. Monitor airspeed and call out any abnormal indications.
Maintain light forward pressure on the control column.
“80 Knots”
“CHECK” Verify | HOLD | TO/GA | TO/GA |

“V1” (Auto call)

If no auto call “V1”
Verify V1 speed
At VR, rotate toward 15° pitch attitude. (Intial rotation 6-8deg) At Vr “ROTATE”
After liftoff, follow F/D commands..
Monitor airspeed ans V/S [Radio Altitude and VSI]
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “POSITIVE RATE”
Verify positive rate of climb on altimeter. “GEAR UP”
set landing gear “GEAR UP”
50' “LNAV”
200' “200 feet”
200' A/P PUSH “A/P Engaged” “AFDS AutoPilot”
400' (Call out all changes in FMA mode)
“|THR REF| LNAV | VNAV SPD |”
Verify
• Climb Thrust Set i.e. CLB thrust mode
• Engines at acceleration HT i.e. 3000'

Speed bug jumping, Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 5

speed. “FLAPS 1” Set Flaps 1 "Flaps 1"
Speed Trend Vector crossing Flaps 1 speed. “FLAPS UP” Set Flaps UP “Flaps UP”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Engine Anti Ice Selectors “AUTO”
“After Take OFF checklist” Do the After Take Off Checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Checked" UP
“After Take off Check list Complete”
CDU Display - VNAV Page CDU Display - Legs Page

CLIMB 10T (B)

Airway intercept OM 11.42 "ELN is out of service. Fly heading 160, intercept V204 YKM V448 MWH”

On MCP rotate Heading selector to align Heading BUG with current Heading. Push on Heading Selector. Rotate to new heading
160. “HDG SEL”
On Route Page 2
Enter Airway V204 in first Via column at L1 Key,
Enter YKM in first TO column at R1 Key,
Modify rest of the fields in such a way that V448 comes on L2 Key and MWH on R2 key, Verify, Activate & Execute.

On Legs page select a waypoint on scratchpad which will be first waypoint post interception. Make it as active waypoint on L1
key. Select INTRCPT CRS To __ on R6. Verify, activate and execute. Also verify LNAV is armed.

10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

CRUISE 10T (B)

[ ] EFIS/DSP PANEL R QRH NNC.10
Condition: One of these occurs:
•The EFIS/DSP panel is failed
•MFD control of the EFIS/DSP is used
Note: Backup control of the affected EFIS/DSP panel is accessed from the MFD system display, using the EFIS/DSP select key.
The EFIS/DSP BACKUP page can be shown and controlled on any operable MFD.
1 Select SYS on the MFD.
2 Select EFIS/DSP.
3 Select CAPT or F/O.
4 Select EFIS CTRL BACKUP.
5 Use backup control as needed.
■■■■

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Prepare for approach OM 11.42 10T6S(B): "Expect the RNAV (GPS) Rwy 32R approach" OM 10.70, 10.80

Descent Procedure – 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KMWH digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.71 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.71 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS 1490' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS 1490' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR
Select RNAV (GPS) Rwy 32R
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"Missed approach instructions: Direct EPH, maintain 4,000. Hold SW on the 240 degree radial. Left turns" OM 11.43
Select HOLD on CDU
Since there is an existing HOLD it shows that Hold Page
Select <NEXT HOLD
At L6 Key next to HOLD AT enter EPH
Select left key after RWXX by going on next page, it

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Creates a HOLD after MAP.
Now Modify HOLD Altitude to 4000' and radial 240.
Also there will be EPH as a waypoint created on Legs
Page.

There will be a Route Discontinuity on LEGS Page

Go to RTE LEGS Page, remove discontinuity by selecting
EPH after RWXX, also delete existing hold at BATUM.

Verify, activate and Execute.

"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KMWH ARR
Select RNAV (GPS) Rwy 32R
Select transition as per clearances
(Since no Radar Vector STAR / transition to be selected)
thereby deleting route discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.
Setup ND in MAP mode
Select HOLD on CDU
Since there is an existing HOLD it shows that Hold Page
Select <NEXT HOLD
At L6 Key next to HOLD AT enter EPH
Select left key after RWXX by going on next page, it
Creates a HOLD after MAP.
Now Modify HOLD Altitude to 4000' and radial 240.
Also there will be EPH as a waypoint created on Legs
Page.

There will be a Route Discontinuity on LEGS Page

Go to RTE LEGS Page, remove discontinuity by selecting
EPH after RWXX, also delete existing hold at BATUM.
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto
tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR auto tuned, ILS IMWH Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps 20” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
Appch Briefing – CTOWF
Discuss effect of CABIN ALTITUDE
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

VNAV path descent OM 11.31; 11.43 FCTM Ch 4 "Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 4,000"

Descent at T/D, make sure you change MCP altitude selector to altitude required, no need to push as at T/D VNAV automatically
starts descending the aircraft.

10,000 Feet Procedures Descent 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “ON” All
Light switches (Except Strobe) “ON”
Verify the RNP/ANP on ND

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 “10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Radar vectors to approach course 10T6S(A): "Fly heading ___, vectors to the Rwy 32R localizer"

Approach Procedure 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KMWH Appch : “AI 87 H, radar vectors for the RNAV (GPS) 32R approach.”
Use HDG SEL to turn Read back

Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying

Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF on top as active way point.

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF PELLY as per clearance) Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

“Confirm” Execute

“Updated APPCH briefing” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

“Appch Checklist” Verify VSD on

Compelete Appch Checklist

Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Landing Procedure – IAN 10T6S(A): HUD-monitored RNAV (GPS) approach

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Landing Procedure - Instrument Approach Using IAN 10T (B)
IAN should be used only for approaches that have one of the following features:
• a published GP angle on the LEGS page for the final approach segment
• a RWxx waypoint at the approach end of the runway
• a missed approach waypoint before the approach end of the runway,
Use of IAN is not recommended when an approach has a visual maneuver segment that is not in the FMC database.
This procedure is not authorized using QFE.
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Initially
• If on radar vectors
• HDG SEL
• Pitch mode (as needed)
• If enroute to a fix
• LNAV or other roll mode
• VNAV or other pitch mode
Notify the cabin crew to prepare for landing.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap extension schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
When on localizer/final approach course intercept heading:
• Verify that the navigation radios are tuned and identified (as needed)
• Verify that the deviation pointers are shown
Arm the APP mode. PUSH APP verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/P armed in pitch mode in
white under current active mode
“LOC|G/P Armed”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Use LNAV, HDG SEL, TRK SEL, HDG HOLD, or TRK Verify LOC in green on FMA
HOLD to intercept the final approach course as needed. “Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway Hdg.
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call
“APPROACHING GLIDE PATH.”
Approximately 2 NM before the final approach fix, call:
• “GEAR DOWN”
• “FLAPS 20”
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”
Set the speedbrake lever to ARMED.
Verify G/P in green on FMA “G/P Captured”
At glide path capture, call “FLAPS___”
as needed for landing. Set the flap lever as directed
Set MAP ____' altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
“KMWH TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC Rwy 32R”
Go-around Procedure OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 Missed approach – runway heading
KMWH Twr : “Go - Around”
Go-around Procedure Missed approach as cleared "Hold at EPH as cleared. Expect further clearance at ___"
Modify EFC on HOLD PAGE.

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Go-Around and Missed Approach 10T (B)
Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
At the same time:
• Push the TO/GA switch
• Call “FLAPS 20”
Position the flap lever to 20.
Verify:
• The rotation to go–around attitude
• That the thrust increases
Verify that the thrust is sufficient for the go-around or adjust as
needed.
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call
“POSITIVE RATE.”
Verify a positive rate of climb on the altimeter and call “GEAR
UP.”
Set the landing gear lever to UP.
Above 400 feet radio altitude, verify or select a roll mode. Verify that the missed approach altitude ____' is set.
Published missed approach procedure
Verify that the missed approach route is tracked. I.e RUNWAY HEADING
At acceleration height, set speed to the maneuver speed for the
planned flap setting.
Call “FLAPS___” according to the flap retraction schedule. Set the flap lever as directed.
After flaps are set to the planned flap setting and at or above the
flap maneuvering speed, select FLCH or VNAV as needed.
Verify that climb thrust is set.
Verify that the missed approach altitude is captured.
Call “AFTER TAKEOFF Do the AFTER TAKEOFF checklist.
CHECKLIST.”
AFTER TAKEOFF checklist
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “UP”
“"Checked"”
“AFTER TAKEOFF checklist Completed”

with an LNAV path available, LNAV automatically arms and activates:

• above 50 feet radio altitude when autopilot is not engaged, or
• above 200 feet radio altitude when autopilot is engaged

Divert to KGEG KMWH is below minimums in fog

Send COMM message requesting diversion to KGEG. Company uplinks approval

on MFD Select COMM → Company → Diversion

once approval comes Divert to KGEG (UPLINK has been received then select ACCEPT or REJECT as per your decision. )

Ask KMWH approach for clearance to KGEG. ATC will clear you as shown here
"Cleared to exit holding. Cleared to KGEG via after EPH direct GEG. Report passing EPH"

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
Select ALTN on CDU / FMC COMM / RTE Pg 1
List of 4 nearest ALTN destinations are mentioned or you can select <REQUEST under ALTN on L5 key.

By default nearest ALTN airport is selected automatically, each alternate airport data can be accessed by selecting corresponding
right key. Select KGEG

Thereby giving option to divert DIRECT TO / OFFSET / OVERHEAD.

VIA OVERHEAD
Select –
• with scratchpad empty, selects OVERHEAD option
• with overhead data (EPH) in scratchpad, enters overhead data. Does not select overhead route option
Displays active waypoint in flight plan.
The waypoints up to the selected or entered overhead waypoint are retained, then routing is direct to the alternate airport. All
waypoints after overhead waypoint are deleted. Verify & Execute.

Select HOLD on CDU

Select EXIT HOLD>
EXIT ARMED

On RTE LEGS Page modify and enter GEG after EPH, Verify Activate and Execute.

“KMWH TWR – AI 87H, overhead EPH direct to GEG at -----' ”

Reset FMC to climb phase OM 11.31.36 "Climb and maintain 11,000" Set higher cruise altitude on CLB page

Missed Approach
A missed approach is accomplished by selection of either TO/GA switch. The following features are available:
• VNAV can only be activated when the airplane climbs above 400 feet radio altitude
• if an LNAV path is available, LNAV automatically activates:
• above 50 feet radio altitude when autopilot is not engaged, or
• above 200 feet radio altitude when autopilot is engaged
Note: Route discontinuities after the missed approach point will prevent the TO/GA to LNAV function from engaging.
• all descent altitude constraints below the current airplane altitude are deleted; the waypoints are retained in the active
flight plan
• the new cruise altitude becomes the greater of the MCP altitude or the highest altitude in the missed approach procedure
• the FMC transitions from active descent to active climb. This transition also occurs when the airplane climbs
toward the MCP altitude and flaps are retracted from a landing position (25 or 30 towards 20, or 20 towards 5).
For example, when a missed approach is accomplished without pushing the TO/GA switch
• AFDS guidance to fly the published missed approach procedure to the new cruise altitude is active when VNAV (and
LNAV) are selected
• when cruise phase is active, the speed target is the most restrictive of speed transition, best hold speed, or ECON
cruise (above speed transition altitude)

Tune APP- 133.35

10,000 Feet Procedures 10T (B) after Go Around

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
“TEN THOUSAND FEET ”
“TEN THOUSAND FEET PROCEDURE”
Seat belt sign selector “AUTO”
All Light switches (Except Strobe) “OFF”
LOGO light to OFF (Night)

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 Verify ANP/RNP as per Route on Prog Pg 4/ Pos Ref Pg 2

“10,000 PROCEDURE COMPLETE”

Prepare for approach "Expect radar vectors to the ILS Rwy 03"

Re-Descent Procedure – 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Obtain KGEG digital ATIS OM 5.40

Obtain Weather Digital ATIS COMM→FLIGHT INFORMATION→ ATIS REQUEST and set QNH
If P.M forgets PF can remind him to obtain ATIS 100 N.M before Top of Descent (or as per given
condition) obtain ATIS
To access ATIS go on select COMM on MFD

Set QNH 29.76 on Barometric Selector and ISFD Set QNH 29.76 on Barometric Selector
set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify set MINIMUMS ____' from arrival chart or verify
already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and already preset MINIMUMS from arrival chart and
make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST make it visible by pressing MINIMUMS RST
switch. switch.

Review EICAS alert messages by pressing ENG Recall and Review EICAS alert messages by
on DSP panel. pressing ENG on DSP panel.
Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by selecting Recall and Review OPERATIONAL NOTES by
CHKL on MFD and then NOTES. selecting CHKL on MFD and then NOTES.
“AutoBrake ?”
“AutoBrake …......”
Autobrake Selector to ….........
Modify Arrival (as per the clearance from ATC)
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select KGEG ARR
Select ILS Rwy 3
Select transition as per clearances
(Since Radar Vectors being provided hence there is route
discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"You Have Controls" "I Have Controls"
Verify all the steps done by P.M
Select CDU on MFD
Select Dep/Arr
Select ILS Rwy 3
Select transition as per clearances
(Since Radar Vectors being provided hence there is route
discontinuity on Legs page)

Verify/Modify constraints i.e. Speed/Altitude on legs page

with those on profile view Arrival chart

set up ND in PLAN mode.

Select range in such a way that two way-points are visible
all the times.
Using the STEP feature on CDU verify all the way-points
on ND till MAP and holding Pt.

Select HOLD on CDU

verify/recall INBOUND course to HOLD and turns to
HOLD.
Setup ND in MAP mode
"I Have Controls" "You Have Controls"
“Confirm” Execute
10T6S(B):
[ ] FIRE CARGO FWD QRH NNC.8.17
Select NAV RADIO on CDU, verify only auto
tuned frequencies there No manual frequency.
VOR GEG auto tuned, ILS Auto Tuned

Go onto Progress Pg 1, Take out fuel remaining for the

selected runway (Note down)
Add ZFW to this weight, you get new Landing Weight
Select INIT REF pg then APPCH REF pg, replace the
GROSS Wt. With New Landing wt.

“Flaps ?”
“Flaps 20” * don't make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg as
of now
EFB – calculate landing performance OM 10.70, 10.80
Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select Go to EFB, Select Performance, Select Landing, Select
Enroute Enroute

Copy FMC datafill in the required DATA, Calculate. Copy FMC data fill in the required DATA, Calculate.
“Vref + 5 kts” “Vref + 5 kts” Verify
“Landing Distance Available” “Landing Distance Available” Verify

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
“Distance required” “Distance required” Verify

Read Out
Make any changes to data as required by P.F. And
both will repeat the steps.
Make flaps selection on APPCH REF pg
Appch Briefing – CTOWF
“Descent Checklist” Do Descent Checklist
Recall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checked Checked
Autobrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
__ ___
Landing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VREF___, Minimums___ VREF___, Minimums___
Approach briefing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed
“Clearance Obtained”
“Descent Checklist Completed”

VNAV path descent "Descend at pilot's discretion, maintain 4,000"

On MCP Altitude selector enter 4000' and verify that at T/D aircraft starts descending.

Re-Approach Procedure 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
KGEG Appch : “AI 87 H, Turn right, heading ___, vectors to the ILS Rwy 03.”
Use HDG SEL to change HDG... Read back
Since being radar vectored will change to Basic Flying
Mode i.e. FLCH & HDG SEL

“Modify” (Intercept to FAF as per clearance) Go to LEGS Page, Put FAF on top as active way point.
Select INTERCEPT TO prompt (if required change
course as per clearance)
Verify on ND white Dashed line extends from FAF and
being Intercepted by aircraft on current heading.

Execute

“Confirm” Verify ANP/RNP on Progress Pg 4

Verify VSD on
“Updated APPCH briefing”
“Appch Checklist” Compelete Appch Checklist
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___ Set ___ Set
“Checklist Completed”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
HUD-monitored ILS RWY 3 OM 10.12.11; 10.22 Crosswind Perform Autoland

2nd Landing Procedure 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 1 speed “FLAPS 1” “Flaps 1 Selected" Moving "Flaps 1"
Reduce MCP speed to Flap 5 speed “FLAPS 5” “Flaps 5 Selected" Moving "Flaps 5"

“Speed 5 , Flaps 5”
“Aircraft on Intercept Heading”
“ILS tuned and identified”
“Diamonds are visible & on proper side”
“Cleared for Approach”
Arm APP mode Push APP
verify LOC armed in roll mode and G/S armed in pitch mode in white
under current active mode “LOC|G/S Armed”

P.A - “Cabin crew prepare cabin for landing.”

verify Diamond filled on lateral scale “LOC Alive”

Verify EICAS Cabin Ready Msg

“Crew at stations for Landing.”
Verify LOC in green on FMA
“Localizer Captured”
Verify MCP Hdg automatically changing to FAC/Runway
Hdg. “KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on LOC 32R”

verify Diamond filled on Vertical scale “G/S Alive”

“Gear Down, Flaps 20” Speed 20, Speed Brake Armed
Gear Down, Set Flaps 20 “Gear Down, Flaps 20”

Verify G/S in green on FMA “G/S Captured”

“Flaps 30” Set MAP altitude & VAPP speed on MCP
set Flaps 30 “Flaps 30”
“KGEG TWR : AI 87 H established on ILS 3”
KGEG Twr : “AI 87 H cleared to land.”
“Before Landing Checklist” Do the Checklist
Speedbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARMED "Checked"
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOWN "Checked"
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flaps 20 set "Checked"
“Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed” “Clearance Obtained, Checklist completed”
At 1500'
“ROLL OUT | FLARE armed LAND 3”
At 100' above DA (H) “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
“Continue” (Once suitable visual reference established)
Minimums “Landing”

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T
 At 500' “LAND 3”

Landing Roll Procedure 10T (B)

Pilot Flying Pilot Monitoring
Verify ROLL OUT green Forward Thrust Levers Closed Verify Speed Brakes UP “Speed Brakes UP”
(if not up “SPEEDBRAKES NOT UP”)
Reverser to interlock position
Reverser raised MAX
Verify both REV indications are green
“REVERSERS NORMAL”
(if no REV indication “NO REVERSER L/R” , “NO REVERSER.”)

At 60 kts Ground speed “60 KTS”

Reverse Thrust Levers to IDLE Detent
Reverse Thrust Lever Fully Down

Before Taxi Speed (Approx 30 Kts) Manual Braking

thereby AUTO BRAKE Disarmed
Disconnect the Auto Pilot by two push.
on vacating runway
“KGEG TWR – AI 87 H, runway 32R vacated”
KGEG TWR : “ Roger, contact ground on ___”
Readback
Tune to ___

After Landing Procedure 10T (B)

Evacuation
Condition: An evacuation is needed.
1 PARKING BRAKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set C
2 OUTFLOW VALVE switches (both) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN F/O
3 OUTFLOW VALVE MANUAL switches (both) . . . . . . . . Hold in OPEN
until the outflow valve indications show fully open to depressurize the airplane F/O
4 FUEL CONTROL switches (both) . . . . . . . . . . . . CUTOFF C
5 Advise the cabin to evacuate. C
6 Advise the tower. F/O
7 Engine fire switches (both) . . . . . . . Pull F/O
8 APU fire switch . . . . . . Override and pull F/O
9 If an engine or APU fire warning occurs:
Related fire switch . . . . Rotate to the stop and hold for 1 second F/O
■■■■

Lesson 1T | Lesson 2T | Lesson 3T | Lesson 4T | Lesson 5T | Lesson 6T | Lesson 7T | Lesson 8T | Lesson 9T | Lesson 10T